8 Dec Fid Handbook 2015

User Manual: 8-Dec

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 309

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

INFORMATICS
AND DESIGN
Faculty Handbook

2015

+27 21 959 6767
info@cput.ac.za
www.facebook.com/cput.ac.za
@CPUT
www.cput.ac.za

CONTACT DETAILS

NAME
ADDRESS
CELL
EMAIL
CAMPUS
RESIDENCE
IN CASE OF
EMERGENCY,
CONTACT
You have registered with the
Faculty of Informatics and Design.
Here are our details, in case
you need them:

Postal Address

Faculty of Informatics & Design
Cape Peninsula University of Technology
Cape Town Campus,
PO Box 652, CAPE TOWN, 8000
Faculty of Informatics & Design
Cape Peninsula University of Technology
Bellville Campus,
PO Box 1906, BELLVILLE, 7535

Physical Address
Faculty of Informatics & Design
Cape Peninsula University of Technology
Cnr Tennant and Keizergracht Street
District Six
CAPE TOWN
Faculty of Informatics & Design
Cape Peninsula University of Technology
Symphony Way
BELLVILLE 7530

Faculty of Informatics & Design
Cape Peninsula University of Technology
Media City Building,
PO Box 652, CAPE TOWN, 8000

Faculty of Informatics & Design
Cape Peninsula University of Technology
Media City Building, No 1 Heerengracht
Rua Vasco Da Gama Entrance
Foreshore
CAPE TOWN 8000

Faculty of Informatics & Design
Cape Peninsula University of Technology
Roeland Street Building,
PO Box 652, CAPE TOWN, 8000

Faculty of Informatics & Design
Cape Peninsula University of Technology
Roeland Street
CAPE TOWN 8000

CONTENTS

Faculty’s vision
and mission
and slogan

Contact Details
of
Departments

General
Information

8
18

Faculty
Staff Members

Academic
Programme
for 2015

Minimum
Admission
Requirements

Department of
Architecture and
Interior
Design

Department of
Information
Technology

Department of
Scholarship and
Professional
Development

Department
of Town and
Regional
Planning

146
289

186
290

Every effort has been made
to ensure the accuracy of the
information in this handbook;
however the University reserves the
right at any time, if circumstances
require making changes to any of the
published details.

Heads of
Departments

Message
from the
Vice-Chancellor

Department
of
Design
Department of
Media
Studies

236

FACULTY VISION AND MISSION

VISION AND MISSION
Vision
Leading creativity and innovation in Africa.

Mission
The Faculty of Informatics & Design provides an environment conducive to creativity
and innovation where:
•

People are the focus and programmes are relevant to society’s needs;

•

Appropriate technologies are explored and applied;

•

Excellence in teaching and learning is actively supported;

•

A culture of research and scholarship with emphasis on trans-disciplinarity is
promoted;

•

Personal and professional growth is nurtured;

•

Graduates are critical thinkers and leaders in their fields.

FACULTY OFFICE BEARERS

CONTACT DETAILS:
Office-Bearers

It is important to know whom
you will be dealing with for the
duration of your time at the Faculty
Informatics & Design. Here are all
the contact details you will need.

FACULTY HEAD, CO-ORDINATORS AND OFFICE STAFF
Position

Name

Telephone

E-mail

Dean

Prof J Cronje

021 469 1018

cronjej@cput.ac.za

Secretary

Ms J Jacobs

021 469 1022

jacobsj@cput.ac.za

Associate Dean

Mr CR Daniels

021 959 6664

danielscr@cput.ac.za

Secretary

Ms A America

021 959 6356

americaa@cput.ac.za

Research Coordinator (Acting)

Prof R de la Harpe

021 469 1015

delaharper@cput.ac.za

Work Integrated Learning Coordinator

Post vacant

021 469 1035

Teaching & Learning Coordinator

Mr R Rossouw

021 469 1057

rossouwr@cput.ac.za

IT Coordinator

Mr W Koopman

021 469 1042

koopmanw@cput.ac.za

Ms M Allie

021 469 1020

alliem@cput.ac.za

Dr SC Warden

021 469 1086

wardens@cput.ac.za

Language Co-ordinator

Dr E Pineteh

021 469 1040

Pinetehe@cput.ac.za

Faculty Manager

Mr J Cona

021 460 3872

conaj@cput.ac.za

Secretary

Ms N Mahlutshana

021 469 9010

mahlutshanan@cput.ac.za

Faculty Officer

Ms JL Penfold

021 460 3243

penfoldj@cput.ac.za

Assistant Faculty Officer

Ms A Khan

021 959 6271

khana@cput.ac.za

Assistant Faculty Officer

Ms T Madadasana

021 460 3293

madadasanat@cput.ac.za

Faculty Assistant

Mr S Mfiki

021 460 3959

mfikis@cput.ac.za

Faculty Assistant

Ms P Makubalo

021 460 3296

makubalop@cput.ac.za

Project, Marketing & Events
Co-ordinator
Department Head: Research &
Partnerships

FACULTY CONTACT INFORMATION

HEADS OF DEPARTMENTS
Campus

Programme

Name

Telephone

E-mail

Cape Town

Fashion
Surface
Graphic
Industrial
Jewellery

Mr BMH Verveckken

021 460 8308

verveckkenb@cput.ac.za

Cape Town

Higher Certificate
in Information &
Communication
Technology:
Information
Technology

Prof BM Alexander

021 460 3780

alexanderb@cput.ac.za

Cape Town

Film & Video
Technology
Journalism
Photography
Public Relations
Management

Prof N Bechan

021 469 1050

bechann@cput.ac.za

Cape Town –
Media City

Architectural
Technology &
Interior Design

Prof A van Graan
(Acting)

021 440 2277

vangraana@cput.ac.za

Cape Town –
Media City

Town & Regional
Planning

Mr N Tapela

021 440 2252

tapelan@cput.ac.za

Cape Town

Scholarship &
Professional
Development

Mr CV Botha

021 460 3448

bothacv@cput.ac.za

FACULTY OFFICE BEARERS

Contact Details of Departments
Department of Design
Name
Mr B Verveckken
Ms M Gordon
Ms C Simons
Ms Y Vika
Ms F Kader

Position

Telephone

Head of Department
Secretary to HOD
Admin Assistant for Graphic & Surface
Design
Admin Assistant for Industrial & Fashion
Design
Admin Assistant for Jewellery &
Foundation

021 460 8308
021 464 7221

verveckkenb@cput.ac.za
gordonm@cput.ac.za

E-mail

021 460 3676

simonsc@cput.ac.za

021 460 3754

vikay@cput.ac.za

021 460 3157

kaderf@cput.ac.za

Department of Architecture & Interior Design
Name
Prof A Van Graan
Ms C Pietersen

Position
Head of Department
Secretary to HOD

Telephone
021 440 2277
021 440 2232

E-mail
vangraana@cput.ac.za
pietersenc@cput.ac.za

Department of Information Technology
Name
Prof B Alexander
Ms N Allie

Position
Head of Department
Secretary to HOD

Telephone
021 460 3780
021 460 3010

E-mail
alexanderb@cput.ac.za
allienn@cput.ac.za

Media Department
Name
Prof N Bechan
Ms N Rice
Ms C Fairley

Position
Head of Department
Secretary to HOD
Secretary Film & Video Technology

Telephone
021 469 1050
021 469 1042
021 460 3198

E-mail
bechann@cput.ac.za
ricen@cput.ac.za
fairleyc@cput.ac.za

Department of Town & Regional Planning
Name
Mr N Tapela
Ms Z Fatyela

Position
Head of Department
Secretary to HOD

Telephone
021 460 3780
021 460 3010

E-mail
tapelan@cput.ac.za
fatyelaz@cput.ac.za

Department of Scholarship & Professional Development
Name
Prof N Bechan
Ms N Rice
Ms C Fairley

Position
Head of Department
Secretary to HOD
Secretary Film & Video Technology

Telephone
021 469 1050
021 469 1042
021 460 3198

E-mail
vangraana@cput.ac.za
pietersenc@cput.ac.za
airleyc@cput.ac.za

ACADEMIC PROGRAMME 2015

Academic
Programme 2015
MON
5 Jan

TUE
6 Jan

WED
7 Jan

THU

FRI

1 Jan

2 Jan

8 Jan

9 Jan

Get to know your
academic calendar for
the year 2015.

All admin staff on duty from 5 Jan

All academic staff on duty from 14 Jan
12 Jan 13 Jan 14 Jan 15 Jan 16 Jan 2 – 4 Feb Welcoming of first years
Orientation week 12 – 16 January
19 Jan 21 Jan 22 Jan 23 Jan 24 Jan
26 Jan 27 Jan 28 Jan 29 Jan 30 Jan
2 Feb

3 Feb

9 Feb

10 Feb 11 Feb 12 Feb 13 Feb

4 Feb

5 Feb

6 Feb

2 February: Lectures commence

16 Feb 17 Feb 18 Feb 19 Feb 20 Feb
23 Feb 24 Feb 25 Feb 26 Feb 27 Feb
2 Mar

3 Mar

4 Mar

5 Mar

6 Mar

9 Mar

10 Mar 11 Mar 12 Mar 13 Mar

16 Mar 17 Mar 18 Mar 19 Mar 20 Mar
23 Mar 24 Mar 25 Mar 26 Mar 27 Mar
30 Mar 31 Mar 1 Apr

2 Apr

3 Apr

6 Apr

7 Apr

8 Apr

9 Apr

10 Apr

13 Apr

14 Apr

15 Apr

16 Apr

17 Apr

20 Apr

21 Apr

22 Apr

23 Apr

24 Apr

27 Apr 28 Apr

29 Apr

30 Apr

1 May

4 May

6 May

7 May

8 May

5 May

2 – 7 April: Recess
13 – 18 April: Autumn graduation week

9 – 10 May: Open day Cape Town Campus

11 May 12 May 13 May 14 May 15 May
18 May 19 May 20 May 21 May 22 May 22 May: Africa Day
25 May 26 May 27 May 28 May 29 May
1 Jun

2 Jun

3 Jun

4 Jun

5 Jun

8 Jun

9 Jun

10 Jun 11 Jun 12 Jun

15 Jun 16 Jun 17 Jun 18 Jun 19 Jun

ACADEMIC PROGRAMME 2015

MON

TUE

WED

THU

FRI

22 Jun 23 Jun 24 Jun 25 Jun 26 Jun 26 June – 20 July: Faculty vacation
29 Jul

30 Jul

1 Jul

2 Jul

3 Jul

6 Jul

7 Jul

8 Jul

9 Jul

10 Jul

13 Jul

14 Jul

15 Jul

16 Jul

17 Jul

20 Jul

21 Jul

22 Jul

23 Jul

24 Jul

27 Jul

28 Jul

29 Jul

30 Jul

31 Jul

3 Aug

4 Aug

5 Aug

6 Aug

7 Aug

17 July: Mandela Day

10 Aug 11 Aug 12 Aug 13 Aug 14 Aug
17 Aug 18 Aug 19 Aug 20 Aug 21 Aug
24 Aug 25 Aug 26 Aug 27 Aug 28 Aug
30 Aug 1 Sep

2 Sep

3 Sep

7 Sep

9 Sep

10 Sep 11 Sep 4 – 14 September: Faculty vacation

8 Sep

4 Sep

14 Sep 15 Sep 16 Sep 17 Sep 18 Sep 18 September: Spring graduation
21 Sep 22 Sep 23 Sep 24 Sep 25 Sep
28 Sep 29 Sep 30 Sep 1 Oct

2 Oct

5 Oct

6 Oct

7 Oct

8 Oct

9 Oct

12 Oct

13 Oct

14 Oct

15 Oct

16 Oct

19 Oct

20 Oct

21 Oct

22 Oct

23 Oct

26 Oct

27 Oct

28 Oct

29 Oct

30 Oct

2 Nov

3 Nov

4 Nov

5 Nov

6 Nov

9 Nov

10 Nov 11 Nov 12 Nov 13 Nov

16 Nov 17 Nov 18 Nov 19 Nov 20 Nov
23 Nov 24 Nov 25 Nov 26 Nov 27 Nov
30 Nov 1 Dec

2 Dec

3 Dec

7 Dec

9 Dec

10 Dec 11 Dec 11 Dec: Publication of results

8 Dec

4 Dec

14 Dec 15 Dec 16 Dec 17 Dec 18 Dec

VICE-CHANCELLOR: DR PRINS NEVHUTALU

Message from the
Vice-Chancellor
Dear Students
Welcome to a very special year at CPUT- our 10th birthday celebration. For a decade we have produced
some of the country’s most promising graduates and I am certain that you will also one day walk across
the stage in front of me during your graduation and join their ranks as a proud CPUT alumnus.
Each year our Admissions Department is flooded with thousands of applications from across the country
by young people, just like you, who recognise that CPUT is a leader in innovation and technology.
Whether you are a first year or a returning student, you have fought hard to get a seat at our institution
and that determination should follow you through to the end of your studies.
Be determined to say no to negative influences, to give your best to each and every evaluation and to
becoming a well-rounded student who fully participates in the multitude of extra-mural activities that are
available to you through our Student Affairs Department.
We are also determined to ensuring you are fully supported on your journey to graduation. There are a
number of intervention units in place to assist students. These include the Student Learning unit which
assists you with attributes like academic literacy, study skills and time management. I urge all of you to
make contact with this unit and the many others like Student Counseling, the clinic and HIV/Aids unit
who are all dedicated to your future success.
Ultimately however your success lies in your own hands. The journey for 2015 starts right now and I
wish you well along your way.
Your Vice-Chancellor

Dr Prins Nevhutalu

CPUT CAMPUSES AND SERVICE POINTS

Campus info
ATHLONE SERVICE POINT
Klipfontein Road, Heideveld
PO BOX 1906
Tel 021 684 1200
BELLVILLE
7535

MOWBRAY CAMPUS
Highbury Road, Mowbray
PO BOX 652
Tel 021 680 1500
CAPE TOWN
8000

BELLVILLE CAMPUS
Symphony Way, Bellville
PO BOX 1906
Tel 021 959 6911
BELLVILLE
7535

MEDIA CITY
10th Floor
No 1 Heerengracht
Rua Vasco Da Gama Entrance
FORESHORE
8000

CAPE TOWN CAMPUS
Keizersgracht, Cape Town
PO BOX 652
Tel 021 460 3911
CAPE TOWN
8000

WELLINGTON CAMPUS
Jan van Riebeeck Street, Wellington
PRIVATE BAG X8
Tel 021 864 5200
WELLINGTON
7654

GRANGER BAY CAMPUS
Beach Road, Mouille Point
PO BOX 652
Tel 021 440 5700
CAPE TOWN
8000

Enquiries:
086 123 2788 (086 123 CPUT)

CORE VALUES

WELLNESS CENTRE

Department of Student Affairs
The Department of Student Affairs (DSA) is a fully integrated student support service aimed at
developing the holistic potential of all students through excellence and maximum participation
in the five main focus areas of its operation, namely:
•
•
•
•
•

Student Development
Student Governance (including the SRC)
Arts and Culture
Sport Development
Student Media

We currently have offices at the following CPUT Campuses:

Bellville Campus
Student Development and Arts and Culture: New Library Extension, Ground Floor
Tel 021 959 6261
Fax 021 959 6110
Sport Development: Major Sport Hall, 1st Floor
Tel 021 959 6319
Fax 021 959 6089
Student Representative Council and Student Structures: Student Centre, 1st Floor

WELLNESS CENTRE

Cape Town Campus
Student Affairs Offices: Student Centre, 4th Level
Tel 021 460 3149 Fax 021 460 3720
Sport Development: Multipurpose Hall, 2nd Level
Tel 021 460 3844 Fax 021 460 3845
Student Representative Council and Student Structures: Student Centre, 1st Floor

Mowbray Campus
Student Representative Council and Student Structures: New Gymnasium, Room 110

Wellington Campus
Student Governance: E Block, Room E6B
Tel 021 864 5519 Fax 021 864 2033
Sport Development: F Block, Room F2A and B
Tel 021 864 5507 Fax 021 864 5508
Student Representative Council and Student Structures: E Block, Room E6C

WELLNESS CENTRE

Emergency Contact
Details
STATE AMBULANCE SERVICES
State Ambulance Emergencies ...................... 10177
Police Flying Squad ...................................... 10111
Fire Brigade (Back/Neck Injuries) ....... 021 535 1100
Poison Information Centre:
Red Cross ....................................... 021 689 5227
Tygerberg Hospital............................ 021 931 6129
PRIVATE AMBULANCES
Emergencies services after hours ...... 021 950 8989
Western Cape Paramedics ................ 0800 225 599
STATE HOSPITALS
Groote Schuur (Dr Stein FP) .............. 021 404 9111
Trauma Unit ..................................... 021 404 4112
Psychiatric Emergency Unit ............... 021 404 2175
Medical Emergency Unit ................... 021 404 4141
CAMPUS SECURITY
Bellville ........................................... 021 959 6341
Cape Town ...................................... 021 460 3122
CAMPUS CLINICS
Bellville Campus .............................. 021 959 6403
Cape Town Campus ......................... 021 460 3405
Mowbray Campus ............................ 021 680 1555
Wellington Campus .......................... 021 864 5278

RAPE CRISIS
021 447 9762
POLICE
10111
LIFE LINE
021 461 1111
HIV / AIDS NATIONAL HELP LINE
0800 012 322
GROOTE SCHUUR HOSPITAL
TRAUMA UNIT: - THUTHUZELA
021 404 3031
G.F. JOOSTE HOSPITAL
TRAUMA UNIT: - THUTHUZELA
021 690 1011 / 1000
KARL BREMER TRAUMA UNIT
(BELLVILLE)
021 949 0296
SOMERSET HOSPITAL TRAUMA UNIT
(GREEN POINT)
021 402 6000

WELLNESS CENTRE

HIV/AIDS unit:
Vision and Mission
VISION
To be the epicentre of excellence in HIV/AIDS Programmes at higher education institutions in Africa.
MISSION
To mitigate the impact of HIV/AIDS/STI and TB by promoting, advocating, facilitating and implementing
innovative interventions among students, staff and the community.
We strive to develop, equip, influence and empower individuals in skills and knowledge through
educating, teaching, training, learning and research in the prevention of HIV/AIDS/STI and TB. We also
render a quality service, to those infected and affected, towards achieving holistic health and sustaining
a healthy lifestyle.
CORE OBJECTIVES
• Curricular Integration of HIV/AIDS/STI & TB
• Student and staff training workshops
• Awareness campaigns
• Peer Education
• Community Outreach
• Workplace Programme
CONTACT DETAILS:
CAPE TOWN OFFICE:
Admin Building, 2nd Floor
(Opposite Applications office)
Tel 021 460 4253/2
BELLVILLE OFFICE:
Opposite Tabeisa Cafe
Tel 021 959 6898/6828

•
•
•
•

Care and support of HIV negative &
positive clients
Wellness Mobile
Internship and Volunteer Programme
Research

ONLINE DETAILS:
Website: www.cput.ac.za/hivaids
Facebook: CPUT HIV/AIDS Unit
Twitter: @cputhivaidsunit

WELLNESS CENTRE

Health services
Campus Health Clinics telephone
numbers:
Bellville Campus Clinic
Tel 021 959 6403
Fax 021 959 6123
Cape Town Campus Clinic
Tel 021 460 3405
Fax 021 460 3638
Mowbray Campus Clinic
Tel 021 680 1555
Fax 021 680 3952
Wellington Campus Clinic
Tel 021 864 5522
Fax 021 864 5278
HIV/AIDS UNIT
HIV/AIDS UNIT Cape Town Campus
Room 2.00a, Level 2, Administration Building,
Cape Town
Tel 021 460 4253
Fax 021 460 4244
Email: mohammedaa@cput.ac.za
HIV/AIDS Unit Bellville Campus
Temporary office opposite Start Up Café
Tel 021 959 6807
Email: runeyip@cput.ac.za

DISABILITY UNIT
Bellville and Wellington Campuses as
well as Athlone and Tygerberg Service Points:
IT Centre, Ground Floor, Room 1.09,
Bellville Campus,
Tel 021 953 8447
Tel 021 959 6964
Cape Town, Granger Bay and Mowbray
Campuses:
Ground floor, Level 2, Atrium, Administration
Building, Cape Town Campus,
Tel 021 460 9071
Contact
Dr Nina du Toit
Room 1.09 & 1.10, Ground Floor, IT Centre,
Bellville Campus
Tel 021 959 6964
Fax 021 959 6231
Email: dutoitn@cput.ac.za

GENERAL INFORMATION

Library services
CPUT Libraries offers you a welcoming and practical study environment; supporting independent and
group working facilities; with access to print, digital and multimedia resources; and qualified staff that
are dedicated to serve your needs. Library facilities are available at all campuses of CPUT.
Membership
If you are a registered student or staff member at CPUT, you may use any of the CPUT Libraries (by agreeing
to abide by the rules and regulations of the CPUT and CPUT Libraries).
Book Collections
Choose from our growing book collections, books that are focused on your academic subjects and studies.
Book collections are arranged according to faculty content which makes it convenient to get all your
information from one area in the library.
Electronic Resources
Gives you access to hundreds of up-to-date journal articles for your studies and research that will not be
found in books or on the Internet. These can even be accessed from home, work and places away from
the libraries.
Learning Commons
An area filled with computers for internet access to relevant academic websites, typing of assignments,
printing, scanning, CD-burning – particularly geared to your independent learning. Specialised Learning
Commons are only in Bellville & Cape Town, but similar facilities are available at most of the other libraries.
Study facilities
Choose to use the seminar rooms for working in groups, to hold discussions and make presentations, or
use the quiet study areas for independent study.
Research Information Support Centres
Separate demarcated areas are available in Bellville and Cape Town for the exclusive use of postgraduate
students and staff.
Information Skills training
Attend free training sessions that will empower you with skills to find information from various information
tools and resources needed for your studies. Do not hesitate to contact your faculty or branch librarian for
more information. CPUT Libraries cares about your safety and your learning needs, and all the services
offered to you are provided within a framework of fair-minded and liberal policies as laid out by the University.
Therefore, you are encouraged to use the libraries to your maximum benefit.
For more information, please visit the Libraries’ comprehensive webpage:
http://library.cput.ac.za

GENERAL INFORMATION

Financial aid
Bellville Financial Aid Office
Library Extension
Tel 021 959 6371/ 6594/ 6349
Fax 021 9596108
Cape Town Financial Aid Office
Administration Building, Level 5 (Entrance via Student Centre)
Tel 021 460 3744/ 3856/ 3327
Fax 021 460 3899
Wellington Campus
Administration Building, Room A19
Tel 021 864 5218

Student counselling
Bellville Campus
Library Extension Building
Ground Floor
Tel 021 959 6182 or 6269

Mowbray Campus
Barkley Davies Building
Room 0.03
Tel 021 680 1501 or 1574

Cape Town Campus
Administration Building
2nd Level, Room 2.700
Tel 021 460 3237 or 3254

Wellington Campus
Extension to the Administration Building
Tel 021 864 5201 or 5206

ACADEMIC PROGRESSIONS AND EXCLUSIONS

The maximum time allowed to complete a programme shall be double the minimum completion duration, for
example, six years for a three-year qualification. In addition, students shall be given a maximum of one chance
to repeat a semester, year, subject, course or module. In other words, repeaters are limited to one repeat.

Students shall pass at least 50% of their subjects, including at least two of three major subjects that they are
registered for in any semester or year of study, in order to proceed to the next level of their studies, unless
otherwise prescribed by statutory bodies, such as professional bodies. Students shall carry over repeated
subjects to the next level that they are promoted to, pending timetabling. Students shall not be allowed to carry
over more than two subjects per semester/year or at any one time.

When a student does not fulfil the above requirements for progression, s/he will be notified in writing of his/
her exclusion from the programme or from progression.

Where a student fails to meet rule 2 above s/he shall be permitted to repeat the repeated level a maximum of
one time.

These prescribed requirements will be stated in subject requirements and all efforts shall be made by the
department concerned to familiarise students with these additional requirements.

If a student fails the level or subjects more than once, s/he shall be excluded from the programme.

If a student obtains an overall mark of less than 30%, s/he shall be excluded from registering for any programme in the faculty.

If a student obtains an overall mark ranging from 30% to40%, s/he shall be excluded from the programme.
Such a student may apply for admission to any other programme within the faculty, subject to meeting the
Admission requirements.

If a student obtains an overall mark ranging from 40 to 50%, s/he shall be allowed to repeat the level, subject
to rule 2 of this section.

10. When a student does not fulfil the above requirements for progression, s/he shall be notified in writing of his/
her exclusion from the programme or from progression.
11. Where a student has only one or two subjects remaining before completion and is nearing the maximum
number of years for registration, s/he may apply, with appropriate motivation, to the Dean’s office for extension
of the period of registration for an additional year.
12. Normal appeal procedures will apply.

ACADEMIC PROGRESSIONS AND EXCLUSIONS

Credits
1.

Credit transfers require CPUT to validate prior formal learning through evaluation of the quality of an accredited
provider.

Subject exemptions as practised in the past are regarded as recognition of prior learning (RPL) and are dealt
with in the appropriate RPL policy.

In the interests of student access, mobility and articulation, and to avoid unnecessary repetition
of studies, consideration may be given to extending to the student:
3.1 Recognition by granting credits for any subjects passed at CPUT, but in another programme, whether

complete or incomplete, with a view to studying for a University programme.
3.2 Recognition by granting credits whereby credits obtained at one institution may be recognised

by another as meeting part of the requirements for graduation, and credits for a completed

qualification may be recognised as meeting part of the requirements for another qualification.
4.

The mark obtained at higher education institutions from which the credit is transferred, shall be confirmed by
the Senate Executive SENEX. The purpose of this requirement is to ensure that students who were granted
credits can also be considered for cum laude awards by the University.

Credits will only be recorded on the student’s academic history by the Assessment and Graduation Centre AGC
once approved by SENEX.

In all instances the total number of credits awarded shall not exceed 50% of the number of subjects/courses
in the programme.

All credits accumulated in respect of incomplete qualifications shall only be valid for a maximum of ten years.

Course
Information

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

MINIMUM ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
A National Senior Certificate (NSC), as certified by Umalusi, with an achievement rating of 3 (moderate
achievement: 40 – 49%) or better in four recognised NSC 20-credit subjects, and an achievement rating
of 2 for Mathematics or Mathematical Literacy, and an achievement rating of 3 in the required official
language at Home Language level, and an achievement rating of 2 in the other required language on at
least First Additional Language level; one of these languages shall be English or Afrikaans.

Rating
For easy reference, the scale of achievement for the National Curriculum Statement Grades 10 – 12
(General) is given below.
Rating Code

Rating

Marks %

Outstanding achievement

80-100

Meritorious achievement

70-79

Substantial achievement

60-69

Adequate achievement

50-59

Moderate achievement

40-49

Elementary achievement

30-39

Not achieved

0-29

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

Abbreviations
The following abbreviations of designated National Senior Certificate subjects are used in this
section (where a rating will be supplied, e.g. M4 for Mathematics rating 4).
GROUP A: COMPULSORY NSC SUBJECTS
Languages (20 credits each)
Two official languages at Home and First Additional Language level:
A
=
Afrikaans Home Language OR Afrikaans First Additional Language
E
=
English Home Language OR English First Additional Language
AE
=
Afrikaans or English, Home or First additional language
FAL
=
First additional language AND
HL
=
Home Language (Any two of: Afrikaans, English, IsiNdebele, IsiXhosa, IsiZulu, Sepedi,

Sesotho, Setswana, SiSwati, Tshivenda or Xitsonga)
Mathematical Sciences (20 credits each)
M
=
Mathematics
ML
=
Mathematical Literacy
Human and Social studies (10 credits)
LO
=
Life Orientation
GROUP B: RECOGNISED NSC ELECTIVES
Agriculture (20 credits each)
AMP =
Agricultural Management Practices
AS
=
Agricultural Science
AT
=
Agricultural Technology
Culture and Arts (20 credits each)
DANCE =
Dance Studies
DES =
Design
DRAMA =
Dramatic Arts
MUS =
Music
VA
=
Visual Arts
Business, Commerce and Management Studies (20 credits each)
ACC =
Accounting
BUS =
Business Studies

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

ECON =
Economics
Engineering and Technology (20 credits each)
CIVT =
Civil Technology
ELECT =
Electrical Technology
MECHT =
Mechanical Technology
EGD =
Engineering Graphics and Design
Human and Social Studies (20 credits each)
GEO =
Geography
HIS
=
History
RELS =
Religion Studies
Physical, Mathematical, Computer and Life Sciences (20 credits each)
CAT =
Computer Applications Technology
IT
=
Information Technology
LS
=
Life Sciences
PS
=
Physical Sciences
Services (20 credits each)
CS
=
Consumer Studies
HS
=
Hospitality Studies
TOUR =
Tourism

SPECIFIC MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS
All candidates who comply with the minimum admission requirements as stated above are still subject to
selection procedures. Meeting these minimum admission requirements does not guarantee acceptance
to a study programme. Only those applicants who meet the minimum criteria are eligible for selection
based on specific academic criteria and space constraints of departmental programmes.
Selection procedures may include the following:
• psychometric and aptitude evaluation
• numeracy and language skills evaluation
• a personal interview
• portfolio evaluation
• practical admission test

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

Specific minimum requirements for a course (subjects required/recommended, achievement rating,
portfolio to be submitted, interview or experience required) are indicated below. Minimum admission
requirements may be adjusted at the Dean’s discretion, subject to the approval of the Faculty Board and
the Senate of the University.
The following alternative minimum admission requirements apply in respect of Engineering qualifications:
National Certificate (Vocational) (Further Education and Training).
All Design and Architecture applicants must complete a questionnaire and must either submit a portfolio
of prescribed work and an essay or attend an on-campus practical test of a career-specific nature.
Details and dates of tests and interviews will be supplied on application.

MINIMUM ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
PER PROGRAMME
In addition to the CPUT’S minimum admission requirements as stated above, the following table sets out
both the required and the recommended subjects and ratings per academic programme.

Programme

Admission Requirements
Required Senior Certificate subjects:
Home Language 4 (50% – 59%), First Additional Language 3 (40% – 49%) (English or
Afrikaans), Maths Literacy 6 (70% – 79%)

Architectural Tech- Recommended Senior Certificate subject:
Mathematics 4 (50% – 59%)
nology
Submission of prescribed portfolio:
In addition to the minimum admission requirements, applicants are required to submit
a prescribed portfolio of art work and attend a selection test.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

Programme

Admission Requirements
Required Senior Certificate subjects:
Home Language 4 (50% – 59%), First Additional Language 3 (40% – 49%), (English or
Afrikaans), Mathematics 2 (30% – 39%), Maths Literacy 4 (50% – 59%)

Fashion Design

Recommended Senior Certificate subjects:
Design 3 (40% – 49%)
Submission of prescribed portfolio:
In addition to the minimum admission requirements, applicants are required to submit
a prescribed portfolio of art work.
Required Senior Certificate subjects:
Home Language 4 (50% – 59%), First Additional Language 3 (40% – 49%), (English or
Afrikaans), Mathematics 2 (30% – 39%), Maths Literacy 4 (50% – 59%)

Graphic Design

Interior Design

Recommended Senior Certificate subject:
Design 3 (40% – 49%)
Submission of prescribed portfolio:
In addition to the minimum admission requirements, applicants are required to submit
a prescribed portfolio of art work.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

Programme

Admission Requirements
Candidates’ matric results will be assessed according to a points score by adding the
rating of the best five subjects, as per the Achievement Levels detailed in the National
Senior Certificate. Candidates must achieve a minimum of 20 points for matric (or
provisionally for their mock matric exams) in order to qualify for consideration. Candidates
must perform well in English, with a minimum of the equivalent of Achievement Level
4 for matric.
All candidates MUST submit a letter of motivation with their application.
Candidates with scores of 20 points and above will be considered, and short-listed, on
the basis of a letter of motivation which demonstrates adequate proficiency in English,
and compelling articulated passion to become a film-maker.

Film & Video Technology

Higher Certificate
in Information &
Communication
Technology
Information &
Communication
Technology:
Communication
Networks

The short-listed candidates are interviewed by lecturers, who gauge the candidate’s
ability to deal with the complexity of the theory component of the course, the
candidate’s drive and interest in film-making, and the candidate’s ability to work in
a team environment. More particularly, candidates must demonstrate the following
personal charecteristics:
Creative ability
The ability to analyse problems logically
An interest in media production and love for films
The ability to adapt to changing circumstances
The ability to cope with pressure and meet deadlines
Perseverance and determination
Candidates are allocated a score of beween 1 and 5, with 1 being the lowest and 5
besing the most likely to make it successfully through the course.
Required Senior Certificate subjects:
Home Language 4 (50% – 59%), First Additional Language 3 (40% – 49%), (English or
Afrikaans), Mathematics 3 (40% – 49%), Maths Literacy 5 (60% – 69%)
Recommended Senior Certificate subject: Information Technology
Required Senior Certificate subjects:
Home Language 4 (50% – 59%), First Additional Language 3 (40% – 49%), (English or
Afrikaans), Mathematics 3 (40% – 49%), Maths Literacy 5
(60% – 69%)

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

Programme
Information &
Communication
Technology:
Multimedia
Technology
Information &
Communication
Technology:
Applications
Development

Admission Requirements
Required Senior Certificate subjects:
Home Language 4 (50% – 59%), First Additional Language 3 (40% – 49%), (English or
Afrikaans), Mathematics 3 (40% – 49%), Maths Literacy 5
(60% – 69%)
Required Senior Certificate subjects:
Home Language 4 (50% – 59%), First Additional Language 3 (40% – 49%), (English or
Afrikaans), Mathematics 3 (40% – 49%), Maths Literacy 5
(60% – 69%)
Required Senior Certificate subjects:
Home Language 4 (50% – 59%), First Additional Language 3 (40% – 49%), (English or
Afrikaans), Mathematics 2 (30% – 39%), Maths Literacy 4 (50% – 59%)

Jewellery Design & Recommended Senior Certificate subject:
Design 3 (40% – 49%)
Manufacture
Submission of prescribed portfolio:
In addition to the minimum admission requirements, applicants are required to submit a
prescribed portfolio of art work or attend a practical admission test on campus.
An excellent command of English
At least a C symbol or 5 points (60% – 69%) in English
At least a D symbol or 4 points (50% – 59%) in First Additional Language

Journalism

A keen interest in local, national and international affairs will be an advantage. Applicants
who meet the first three requirements will be invited to participate in a selection test
comprising mainly English (knowledge of language and writing) and general knowledge.
Those who pass the test will be invited for an interview.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

Programme

Photography

Public Relations
Management

Admission Requirements
Matric certificate (or, for foreign applicants, an approved equivalent) with an average D
symbol and a Bachelor’s pass.
A minimum score of 4 (50% – 59%) in Home Language and First Additional Language
(one of which must be English). Mathematics and/or Science and/or Art are considered
plus points in an application, and will definitely stand the student in good stead.
A strong (written) motivation for wanting to study photography, which forms part of the
questionnaire to be filled out in the application process.
A duly signed note of approval from the applicant’s sponsor(s)/parent(s)/guardian(s) of
his/her choice of study field, and confirmation of availability of the requisite finances.
Suitable candidates will be requested to attend an interview with lecturing staff and
present a personal portfolio of 12 photographs taken by them. In addition, they must
present a written and illustrated document of their own selection of ‘good’ photographs
from magazines.
Required Senior Certificate subjects:
Home Language 5 (60% – 69%), First Additional Language 3 (40% – 49%), (English or
Afrikaans), Mathematics 2 (30% – 39%), Maths Literacy 4
(50% – 59%)
An achievement rating of at least 4 (50% – 59%) or better in four NSC 20-credit
subjects from the designated subject list.
Submission of a prescribed portfolio:
In addition to the minimum admission requirements, applicants are also required to
submit a portfolio of written work.
Required Senior Certificate subjects:
Home Language 4 (50% – 59%), First Additional Language 3 (40% – 49%), (English or
Afrikaans), Mathematics 2 (30% – 39%), Maths Literacy 4 (50% – 59%)

Surface Design

Recommended Senior Certificate subjects:
Design 3 (40% – 49%)
Submission of prescribed portfolio:
In addition to the minimum admission requirements, applicants are also required to
submit a prescribed portfolio of art work or attend a practical admission test on campus.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

Programme

Admission Requirements
Required Senior Certificate subjects:
Home Language 4 (50% – 59%), First Additional Language 3 (40% – 49%),(English or
Afrikaans), Mathematics 2 (30% – 39%), Maths Literacy 4 (50% – 59%)

Three-dimensional
Design

Town & Regional
Planning

Recommended Senior Certificate subject:
Design 3 (40% – 49%)
Submission of prescribed portfolio:
In addition to the minimum admission requirements, applicants are also required to
submit a prescribed portfolio of art work or attend a practical admission test on campus.
Required Senior Certificate subjects:
Home Language 4 (50% – 59%), First Additional Language 4 (50% – 59%), (English or
Afrikaans), Mathematics 4 (50% – 59%), Maths Literacy 5 (60% – 69%).
Recommended Senior Certificate subjects:
Geography 4 (50% – 59%), Business Economics 4 (50% – 59%), Economics 4 (50%
– 59%), Tourism 4 (50% – 59%)

EXTENDED FIRST YEAR CURRICULUM PROGRAMME
FOR THE DESIGN AND ARCHITECTURE DISCIPLINES
Unsuccessful applicants may be referred to the Extended First Year Curriculum Programme which
enables applicants who are under-prepared but show appropriate potential to complete a designated
course of study in a minimum of four years (the first year is done over a period of two years). It serves
as a basis for further successful learning in the subsequent higher levels of the National Diploma.
The various design departments will refer applicants who show potential but who are not ready for
regular first year study to the Extended Curriculum First Year Programme in the following Design and
Architecture disciplines:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Architectural Technology
Fashion Design
Graphic Design
Interior Design
Jewellery Design & Manufacture
Surface Design
Three-dimensional Design

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

GENERAL INFORMATION
Recognition of Prior Learning
Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) is a process of identifying a student’s knowledge and skills
against a qualification or part thereof. The process involves the identification, mediation, assessment
and acknowledgement of knowledge and skills obtained through informal, non-formal and/or formal
learning. RPL provides an opportunity for a student to identify his/her learning, have it assessed and
formally acknowledged.
Access
If you have considerable work experience, but you don’t meet the entry requirements of your chosen
course, you may still apply for entry into a qualification. This is referred to as Access. The RPL application
is evaluated against the entry requirements of the qualification. If access is granted, the qualification on
the lower level is not awarded.
Advanced Standing
An individual may have gained knowledge in specific areas. When compared to outcomes against a
CPUT qualification, that knowledge may cover some subjects. The person may apply for recognition of
these subjects and this is called Advanced Standing. Once the assessment is done, the University may
give recognition for specific subjects, but not for the entire qualification. The student will be required
to complete outstanding subjects before the qualification is awarded. There are guidelines governing
the minimum number of subjects for which Advanced Standing can be granted and a person has to
register as a student and complete the outstanding subjects in order to be awarded the qualification by
CPUT. This is in terms of the residency clause whereby 50% of a programme has to be completed at
the qualification awarding institution. The residency clause requires RPL applicants to complete at least
50% of subjects as a student with CPUT.
Applying for Access into a B Tech Programme
Individuals who want to apply for access into a B Tech degree programme will be evaluated against the
National Diploma (ND) underpinning the B Tech. For example, if you want to do the B Tech in Business
Administration and you are working as a marketing manager, you can apply for Advanced Standing
against the National Diploma in Marketing to obtain access into the B Tech: Business Administration or
the B Tech: Marketing. This must be clearly indicated in the letter of motivation.
Difference between Exemptions and Advanced Standing
If you have successfully completed subjects with other higher education institutions in South Africa,
including the former technikons or professional institutions, you may apply for exemptions. This is
handled by the Faculty Office. However, especially if you have worked for a number of years, you must
include your academic record from these institutions as part of your RPL application.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

Returning Students
If you studied at either Peninsula or Cape Technikon more than 10 years ago, the validity of your subjects
has lapsed (Point 4.1.3, page 10, CPUT Academic Rules and Regulations booklet). You may apply to the
University to use the RPL process to complete your qualification. Candidates must provide the required
information to the RPL Unit.
The closing date for applications for RPL is 30 June of every year.
Website: http//www.cput.ac.za/study/rpl
Email: rpl@cput.ac.za
International Students
International students should consult the International Student Guide (or visit our website: www.cput.
ac.za) for details regarding their application to study at the University, e.g. study permit, fees structure,
etc.
If you have a qualification from abroad, the qualification has to be evaluated by the South African
Qualifications Authority (SAQA) Unit for the Evaluation of Foreign Qualifications before you submit your
RPL application (see www.saqa.org.za). If your qualification has been evaluated and you do not meet the
entry requirements of the programme that you would like to do, or you want credit for what you already
know, contact the RPL Unit for further advice.
Procedure for the evaluation of international qualifications
Students following the Cambridge System should note the following requirements:
Students must have:
• Passes in at least FIVE different subjects of the IGCSE and HIGCSE study levels, of which at least
TWO are HIGCSE level subjects
• A pass in the language which is the medium of instruction at the University (English)
• Specific pass grades: IGCSE A, B or C and HIGCSE 1, 2 or 3.
In addition, students wishing to apply for either the M Tech or D Tech programmes must have their
qualifications evaluated by the South African Qualifications Authority (SAQA) prior to submitting their
application forms. The onus is on the student to apply timeously to SAQA as this may take a bit longer.
Applicants who obtained qualifications from within Commonwealth countries are exempt from SAQA
evaluation procedures.
Other senior school qualifications will be reviewed on merit. In some instances, where the format of
secondary school education is unfamiliar, students applying for National Diploma programmes may also
be asked to apply for SAQA evaluation prior to their acceptance.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

As from 1 August 2014, SAQA only accepts online applications for the evaluation of international
qualifications. The application form and more information can be accessed from SAQA’S website, http:
//www.saqa.org.za.
The following must be included with the application:
• All qualification documents, i.e. the highest school certificate issued by the official examining body.
• Complete and legible transcripts of academic records in respect of all degrees or other higher
education qualifications, together with the final certificates, preceding qualifications leading to any
post-graduate or other advanced qualification when the latter is submitted.
• Certificates in foreign languages should be submitted with sworn translations into English by an
accredited translator.
• Proof of payment using the submission number that was allocated to you.
Study permits for international students
As soon as an international student has received their letter of acceptance, they must apply to the SA
Trade Representative closest to their home for a study permit if they are not a South African citizen. The
study permit must indicate that the student has been granted permission to study at the Cape Peninsula
University of Technology.
Submission of Certificates
A National Senior Certificate or equivalent qualification must be submitted by the student upon enrolment
at the beginning of the academic year. If this requirement is not met, the University will be forced to
cancel the provisional acceptance.
Transfers from Other Institutions
Students who wish to transfer to CPUT from other institutions should note that priority will be given to
the promotion of CPUT’s own registered students and that transfers will only be considered in the event
that there is a place on the course and subject to the following requirements:
•

Applicants should complete the prescribed Application for Admission form and return it to CPUT,
together with a certified copy of his/her Senior Certificate, identity document, academic record and
the prescribed application fee.

•

If the applicant is currently registered for a course at another university and wishes to transfer to
CPUT, he/she should submit, together with the application form, a progress report (issued by the
Registrar of the said university) which lists all the subjects passed by the applicant during the midyear examinations.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

•

As soon as the year-end examination results are available, the applicant should submit a formal
statement of these results to CPUT.

•

All applications must be accompanied by a certificate of good conduct or a letter of recommendation
from the applicant’s present Head of Department.

•

If the applicant is accepted, he/she shall be required to complete an Application for Exemption form
and to pay the prescribed exemption fee, per subject, when he/she registers in January of the year
of study. The form must be submitted to the Faculty Office on the 2nd floor in the Administration
Building.

Documents to be attached to the application form:
• Official original academic record/transcript indicating percentages obtained as issued by the
university where you studied
• Syllabus of the subjects that you passed
• Proof of payment.
NB: Applicants should note that certain rules may apply, e.g. maximum number of subjects, maximum
number of years to complete qualification, etc.

ADMISSION
Application for admission
It is advisable that applications for admission to study at the Cape Peninsula University of Technology
(CPUT) be submitted as early as possible to the campus of choice. For the various campuses, see the
application form and guide to the completion of the application form. The application form is available on
the University’s website at www.cput.ac.za under the heading Study at CPUT.
Closing date for applications
The closing date for applications for South African students is 30 September. The closing date for
applications for international students is 30 August. Applicants are informed of acceptance/nonacceptance after 31 October.

Residence Accommodation
Residence accommodation is subject to availability, in terms of the rules, and will be allocated at the
campus where the student will be studying. Part-time students are not permitted to stay in the residences.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

Student Identity Cards
Students are issued with identity cards at the beginning of each academic year. Presentation of these
cards when buying materials, booking theatre tickets, etc. may mean special discount rates. For security
purposes these cards must be presented on demand.

Bursaries and Loans
Applications for bursaries and/or financial aid must be made to either the Bellville Campus or the Cape
Town Campus, depending on where the applicant is admitted.

Class and Examination Fees
A list of class fees is available from the Faculty Office. Examination fees are included in the class fees.
After payment of the deposit in January, the remainder of the fees can be paid in monthly instalments
from February to November (or over five months for semester subjects). Please note that these fees are
subject to change every year and are not refundable.

Prescribed Books
The titles and prices of prescribed text books that students must purchase are available at the book
shops at the Bellville and Cape Town Campuses. Reference books and technical journals are available in
the library. Students should not purchase books until instructed to do so by the subject lecturers.

Co-operative Education
Co-operative education is an educational model designed to promote individual career development.
The basic principle of co-operative education is that personal growth and professional development are
best achieved by an educational method that combines classroom learning with experiential learning,
i.e. practical work experience.
Work Integrated Learning is part of co-operation education and is a partnership between the student, the
University and the employer. The Work Integrated Learning programme is planned by the University in cooperation with employers and is jointly monitored by the parties. Although the University undertakes to
assist students in obtaining suitable Work Integrated Learning placements, the onus is on the student to
find employment. The employer must be accredited by the University for purposes of the Work Integrated
Learning programme. A Work Integrated Learning agreement is drawn up between the employer and
the student.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

TUITION
Hours of tuition
Full-time classes commence at 08:30 until approximately 16:00. Note that examinations may be set
after hours up to 20:00.
Class attendance
Continued acceptance of a student’s registration for a full-time qualification depends, amongst other
things, upon sustained academic progress and regular and punctual attendance of classes. Unsatisfactory
progress and attendance may result in the suspension of a student.
Medium of tuition
The medium of tuition is English, except for the Education Qualifications at the Wellington Campus which
are offered in Afrikaans. Afrikaans and Xhosa speaking students may be offered support, which may be
by way of language-specific tutorial groups, the provision of notes and the setting of tests, assignments
and examinations in the first language of the student.
Library
The CPUT Library is part of the Cape Library Cooperative (CALICO) that gives access to four million
books and numerous magazines in various libraries in the Peninsula. In addition, the library offers
excellent facilities for study and provision is made for students who wish to do research work. All
students automatically become members of the library.
Student Counselling
CPUT offers a counselling service by registered psychologists to students, prospective students and
their parents. Prospective students are individually interviewed and assisted to make a responsible
career choice. Parents are welcome to attend such interviews. Career counselling may also include a
psychometric evaluation.
Prospective students and registered students who have problems with their career choice, the planning
of their qualification or choice of subjects can make an appointment at:
Bellville Campus: Tel: 021 959 6911
Cape Town Campus: Tel: 021 460 3252/3/4
Assessment
Assessment takes place throughout the year, with final assessments in June and/or November each
year and a pass mark of 50% must be obtained in all subjects. The various assessments contribute

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

towards the final assessment mark for each module and subject. The assessment mark for a subject is
determined by a student’s performance in tests, assignments and in accordance with the requirements
for each qualification.
Indemnity
A student who participates in any university-related activity, whether academic, sporting, cultural or
relating to experiential or practical training, shall indemnify the Cape Peninsula University of Technology
(herein after referred to as CPUT) and its staff and/or any co-operative partner and its staff, or their
representatives against any claim of whatsoever nature which such student, his/her executors or
assigns may now or in the future have, arising from any injury or the sequelae thereto and which may
be instituted against CPUT as a result of such university-related activities; and against any liability that
may arise from an action or omission by such student. A student, furthermore, shall undertake not to
hold CPUT or any of its employees responsible for any damage of whatsoever nature that such student
may sustain during or arising from any university-related activity, irrespective of whether it occurs on or
off the premises of CPUT.
Research
The Cape Peninsula University of Technology actively promotes research of an applied nature, believing
that a strong research activity is a necessary feature of any institution offering higher education. Students
are sensitised to the importance of information and library skills during their first three years of study,
introduced to research methodologies in the degree year, and provided with guidance and facilities to
undertake independent research for further studies.
The Guide to Post-graduate Studies is available on the CPUT website:
http: //www.cput.ac.za

Part-time Study
Hours of tuition
Some of the qualifications described in this brochure are offered on a part-time basis. Lectures are
scheduled from Mondays to Thursdays between 17:15 and 20:50. The objective of this is to enable
persons who do not have the privilege of studying on a full-time basis to acquire tertiary qualifications.
The information contained in this brochure generally also applies to part-time students.
Admission requirements
Admission requirements are the same as for full-time students. As a rule, accommodation in a university
residence is not available to part-time students.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

SUBJECTS: GUIDE TO TERMINOLOGY
Core subject:
Co-requisite:

Pre-requisite:
Exposure:
Elective subject:

These subjects form a central part of the programme. Inclusion of such subjects
in a curriculum is compulsory.
A co-requisite subject is one for which a student must be registered together
(i.e. concurrently) with another specified subject. For example, Maths 1 must
be taken in the same semester as Mechanics 1 (unless the student has already
passed it) as Mechanics 1 relies on content given in Maths 1.
A pre-requisite subject is one which a student must have passed in order to
gain admission to another subject. For example, Maths 1 is a pre-requisite for
Maths 2.
An exposure subject is one which a student must have completed, but does not
have to have passed in order to gain admission to another subject. For example,
Maths 2 is an exposure subject for Thermodynamics 2.
This is a subject required for degree purposes (e.g. to make up the required
number of credits), but in which the choice of subjects is left to the student, and
is subject to timetable constraints.

Subjects ending in an X are Extended Curriculum subjects.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

FACULTY OF INFORMATICS & DESIGN
QUALIFICATION STRUCTURE
National Diploma
Three years’ full-time study leads to the award of a National Diploma. National Diploma studies constitute
complete study programmes, meet specific business needs and serve as recognised exit levels.

Baccalaureus in Technology
The National Diploma leads to the Baccalaureus in Technology (B Tech). Admission to these one-year
programmes (full-time) may be subject to additional minimum admission requirements, which may
include an average pass mark of 60% in the third year of the National Diploma programme. Most of the
B Tech programmes are also offered on a part-time basis over two years.

Master and Doctor of Technology (M Tech and D Tech)
The Cape Peninsula University of Technology actively promotes research of an applied nature. Masters
and Doctors of Technology may be obtained either through full- or part-time study.

LIST OF PROGRAMMES OFFERED BY THE FACULTY
OF INFORMATICS & DESIGN
Department

Architectural Technology &
Interior Design

Qualification
Architectural Technology
ND: Architectural Technology (Extended)
ND: Architectural Technology
B Tech: Architectural Technology
M Tech: Architectural Technology
D Tech Design: Architectural Technology
Interior Design
ND: Interior Design (Extended)
ND: Interior Design
B Tech: Interior Design
M Tech: Interior Design
D Tech Design: Interior Design

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

Department

Qualification
Fashion Design
ND: Fashion Design (Extended)
ND: Fashion Design
B Tech: Fashion Design
M Tech Design: Fashion Design
D Tech Design: Fashion Design
Graphic Design
ND: Graphic Design (Extended)
ND: Graphic Design
B Tech: Graphic Design
M Tech: Graphic Design
D Tech: Graphic Design

Design

Jewellery Design
ND: Jewellery Design & Manufacture (Extended)
ND: Jewellery Design & Manufacture
B Tech: Jewellery Design & Manufacture
M Tech Design: Jewellery Design
D Tech Design: Jewellery Design
Surface Design
ND: Surface Design (Extended)
ND: Surface Design
B Tech: Surface Design
M Tech Design: Surface Design
D Tech: Design: Surface Design
Industrial Design
ND: Three-dimensional Design (Extended)
ND: Three-dimensional Design
B Tech: Industrial Design
M Tech: Industrial Design

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

Department

Information Technology

Qualification
Higher Certificate in Information & Communication
Technology
ND: Information & Communication Technology: Communication Networks
ND: Information & Communication Technology: Multimedia Technology
ND: Information & Communication Technology: Software Development
B Tech: Information Technology
M Tech: Information Technology
M Tech: Business Information Systems
D Tech: Information Technology
D Tech: Informatics
Film & Video Technology
ND: Film & Video Technology
Journalism
ND: Journalism
B Tech: Journalism

Media Studies

Town & Regional Planning

Photography
ND: Photography
B Tech: Photography
M Tech Design: Photography
D Tech Design: Photography
Public Relations Management
ND: Public Relations Management
B Tech: Public Relations Management
M Tech: Public Relations Management (course-driven
degree)
M Tech: Public Relations Management (research-based
degree)
ND: Town & Regional Planning
B Tech: Town & Regional Planning
M Tech: Town & Regional Planning

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

FACULTY EXCLUSION RULES AND PROCEDURES
Each qualification that is offered in the Faculty has its own specific academic exclusion rules. These
rules can be found under each qualification listed in this Faculty Handbook.
Maximum Time allowed to Complete a Programme
The maximum time allowed to complete a programme is double the minimum completion duration, for
example, 6 years for a 3-year qualification. In addition, students are given a maximum of one chance to
repeat a semester, year, subject, course or module. In other words, repeaters are limited to one repeat.
Maximum time allowed for the respective qualifications:
Extended Curriculum Programme:
7 years
National Diploma:
6 years
B Tech degree:
4 years
M Tech degree:
5 years
D Tech degree
6 years
Where a student has only one or two subjects remaining for completion and is nearing the maximum
number of years for registration, he/she may apply, with appropriate motivation, to the Dean’s office
for extension of the period of registration for an additional year. Normal appeal procedures will also be
applied.

THE GENERAL EXCLUSION PROCESS
Students’ final assessment results are available at the Assessment & Graduation Centre at the end of
the academic year. A Departmental Committee, consisting of lecturers, then conducts a marks review. It
makes recommendations on final mark adjustments and identifies students for exclusion based on the
criteria of each respective programme.
A letter from the Department informs the student if he/she has been excluded from the programme.
This letter gives the deadline for appeals and details of the steps to be taken for readmission to the
programme. It also details the reasons for exclusion and identifies the exclusion rules that have been
contravened. Students who have been excluded are blocked from registering by the Faculty Office and
will not be able to register for any subjects in the following year.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

Students may appeal in writing to the Head of Department against exclusion on the basis of extenuating
circumstances (e.g. a death in the family or illness), or any other extenuating factors that have a bearing
on the student’s academic performance. The letter of appeal must be accompanied by a full academic
record and other supporting documentation and must be submitted to the Secretary of the Department
by the Friday of the first week that the University opens for a new year.
A Departmental Appeals Committee will evaluate the appeal. It will take into account the overall
academic record of the student and the reasons provided for poor performance. Based on this and
input from subject lecturers, a decision is made whether to readmit the student into the programme
or not. Sometimes certain restrictions will be placed on the student as a condition for readmission.
Furthermore, in some cases the Department will request certain actions from the student as a condition
for readmission, e.g. attendance of counselling sessions. A written reply to the student’s appeal will be
given by the Appeals Committee within seven working days after submission and must be collected from
the Secretary of the relevant Department.
If the student does not agree with or accept the decision of the Appeals Committee, he/she may then
appeal to the Dean of the Faculty of Informatics & Design.
The Faculty reserves the right to exclude a student who has been readmitted on appeal, but who has
not met the conditions of the Appeals Committee.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

DEPARTMENTAL STAFF
Name

Position

Telephone

Fax

Mr BMH Verveckken Head of Department

021 460 8308

021 460 3729

verveckkenb@cput.ac.za

Ms M Gordon

021 464 7221

021 460 3729

Gordonm@cput.ac.za

Dept Secretary

E-mail

ACADEMIC STAFF (PERMANENT)
Name
Head of Department
Mr BMH Verveckken

Qualifications
NHIBS, M Prod. Development

Senior Lecturers
Ms MJ Bezuidenhout

BA Fine Art, Ad Dip, MA Fine Art

Ms J Brewis

ND: Fine Art, NHD: Fine Art, MPhil Educat.

Ms V Konstandakellis

ND: Jewel. Des., NHD: Jewel. Des.

Ms DM Kimani

PgDM (Advert & Market), B.Ed (Fine Art), MFA (Design)

Ms JLD Purcell Van Graan

BA Fine Art, BA (Hons), MA Fine Art

Mr BRA Snaddon

ND: Graph Des.,B Tech: Graph.Des, MPhil Educat.

Ms AG Vlok

ND: Cloth. Man, NHD: Cloth. Man, Masters: Des.

Lecturers
Ms VE Barnes

ND: Indust. Des., HDHET, NHD: Indust. Des., M Tech: Des.

Mr S Beukman

ND: Graph. Des.

Ms M Bergh

ND: Fash., NHD Fash

Mr JC Coetzee

ND: Fine Art, ND: Photog., NHD: Photog

Mr W Coughlan

ND: Graph. Des.

Ms LC Desai

ND: Graph. Des., B Tech: Graph. Des.

Mr LC Franciscus

ND: Graph. Des., B Tech: Graph. Des.

Mr R G Futerman

ND: Indust. Des., B Tech: Indust. Design, M Tech: Des.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

Name

Qualifications

Ms PVA George

ND: Fine Art, B Tech: Fine Art

Ms C Janse Van Rensburg

ND: Jewel. Des.

Mr A Loubser
Ms M Lubbe

ND: Text. Des., B Tech: Text. Des.

Mr A Meyer

ND: Fine Art, NHD: Fine Art, NHD: Post School Education

Mr D Molenaar

ND: Indust. Des., BTech: Indust.Des., M Indust. Des.

Ms A Morris

ND: Graph Des., B Tech: Graph Des., M Tech: Graph Des.

Mr JAS Myburgh

ND: Fashion

Mr Z Strohbach

ND: Indust. Des.

Mr J Van Niekerk

M.D.D.O.P, ND: Indust. Des., Pg Dip (HE),BTech: Indust. Des.

Mr C Finnan

Cert. in Educational Technology, ND: Art & Des., ND: Cloth. Des.,
NHD Bus. Manag.
ND: Graph.Des.

Ms B Kolisi

ND: Fash. Des., B Tech: Quality

Ms MO Van Wyk

ND: Jewel. Des., B Tech: Jewel. Des.

Ms T Weideman

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

QUALIFICATIONS OFFERED
FASHION DESIGN
Undergrad / Qualification
Postgrad
Type

Qual
Code

Qualification Name

Undergraduate National Diploma NDFASH ND: Fashion
Undergraduate

Extended
Curriculum

NDFDFX

ND: Fashion
(Extended Curriculum)

Campus
Offered

Minimum
WorkDuration Integrated
(Years)
Learning

Cape Town 3 years

n/a

Cape Town 4 years

n/a

Undergraduate B Tech Degree

BTFASH B Tech: Fashion

Cape Town 1 year

n/a

Post-graduate M Tech Degree

MTDESR M Tech Design: Fashion Cape Town 1 year

n/a

Post-graduate D Tech Degree

DTDESR D Tech Design: Fashion Cape Town 2 years

n/a

GRAPHIC DESIGN
Undergrad / Qualification
Postgrad
Type

Qual
Code

Qualification Name

Undergraduate National Diploma NDGDSN ND: Graphic Design
Undergraduate

Extended
Curriculum

Undergraduate B Tech Degree
Post-graduate M Tech Degree
Post-graduate D Tech Degree

NDGDSX

ND: Graphic Design
(Extended Curriculum)

Campus
Offered

Minimum WorkDuration Integrated
(Years) Learning

Bellville/
3 years
Cape Town
Bellville

4 years

Bellville/
1 year
Cape Town
Bellville/
1 year
MTGDSR M Tech: Graphic Design
Cape Town
Bellville/
2 years
DTGDSR D Tech: Graphic Design
Cape Town
BTGDSN

B Tech: Graphic Design

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

INDUSTRIAL DESIGN
Undergrad / Qualification
Postgrad
Type

Qual
Code

Undergraduate National Diploma ND3DDS
Undergraduate

Extended
Curriculum

ND3DFX

Undergraduate B Tech Degree

BTIDDN

Post-graduate M Tech Degree

MTINDR

Post-graduate D Tech Degree

DTDESR

Qualification Name
ND: Three-dimensional
Design
ND: Three-dimensional
Design (Extended
Curriculum)
B Tech: Industrial
Design
M Tech: Industrial
Design
D Tech Design:
Industrial Design

Campus
Offered

Minimum WorkDuration Integrated
(Years) Learning

Cape Town 3 years

n/a

Cape Town 4 years

n/a

Cape Town 1 year

n/a

Cape Town 1 year

n/a

Cape Town 2 years

n/a

JEWELLERY DESIGN & MANUFACTURE
Undergrad / Qualification
Postgrad
Type

Qual
Code

Undergraduate National Diploma NDJEWD
Undergraduate

Extended
Curriculum

NDJDFX

Undergraduate B Tech Degree

BTJEWD

Post-graduate M Tech Degree

MTDESR

Post-graduate D Tech Degree

DTDESR

Qualification Name
ND: Jewellery Design &
Manufacture
ND: Jewellery Design &
Manufacture (Extended
Curriculum)
B Tech: Jewellery
Design & Manufacture
M Tech: Design:
Jewellery Design &
Manufacture
D Tech Design:
Jewellery Design &
Manufacture

Campus
Offered

Minimum WorkDuration Integrated
(Years) Learning

Cape Town 3 years

n/a

Cape Town 4 years

n/a

Cape Town 1 year

n/a

Cape Town 1 year

n/a

Cape Town 2 years

n/a

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

SURFACE DESIGN
Undergrad / Qualification
Postgrad
Type

Qual
Code

Qualification Name

Undergraduate National Diploma NDSURD ND: Surface Design
ND: Surface Design
Extended
NDSDFX
Undergraduate
(Extended Curriculum)
Curriculum
Undergraduate B Tech Degree BTSURD B Tech: Surface Design
M Tech Design: Surface
Post-graduate M Tech Degree MTDESR
Design
D Tech Design: Surface
Post-graduate D Tech Degree DTDESR
Design

Campus
Offered

Minimum WorkDuration Integrated
(Years) Learning

Cape Town 3 years

n/a

Cape Town 4 years

n/a

Cape Town 1 year

n/a

Cape Town 1 year

n/a

Cape Town 2 years

n/a

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

NATIONAL DIPLOMA: FASHION
Duration: Full-time – three years
Venue: Cape Town Campus
Course Aim
The course equips students to analyse and monitor design processes to meet market demands and to
adopt advanced production methods, ensuring cost-effectiveness in manufacturing.
The course is aimed at the creative person with a flair for fashion, style and a love of all aspects involving
clothing design. The major emphasis is on the creative and technical skills of design, pattern-making
and sewing.
Career Opportunities
Graduates can follow fashion design careers with clothing retail stores and clothing manufacturing
companies in South Africa and overseas. Graduates are also equipped to develop small businesses in
fashion retail and manufacturing.
Several fashion design students have been selected over the past number of years as finalists in national
and international competitions, affording them employment opportunities. This is a career that requires
dedication, commitment to high standards and hard work.
Admission Requirements
Required Senior Certificate subjects:
Home Language 4 (50% – 59%)*
First Additional Language 3 (40% – 49%)*
One of these languages shall be English or Afrikaans*
Mathematics 2 (30% – 39%)
Maths Literacy 4 (50% – 59%)
Recommended Senior Certificate subjects:
Design 3 (40% – 49%)
Submission of prescribed portfolio
In addition to the minimum admission requirements (see above), applicants are required to submit a
prescribed portfolio of art work and must complete a questionnaire. Details of the portfolio requirements
will be supplied on application.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

HEMIS Credit

Assessment Type

0.300

Yes

Year BUT102S

Business Studies 1

0.100

Yes

Year ACT100S

Applied Clothing
Technology 1

0.500

Yes

Year TCL100S

Theory of Clothing 1

0.100

Yes

Year DST200S

Design Studies 2

DST100S

0.300

Yes

Year BUT202S

BUT102S

0.100

Yes

Year ACT200S

ACT100S

0.500

Yes

Summative
Assessment

SAQA Exit Credit

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

Compulsory or
Elective

Design Studies 1

Subject Name

Year DST100S

Subject Code

Period of Study

NQF Level

Year/Sem Subject

QUALIFICATION CODE: NDFASH

Year TCL200S

Business Studies 2
Applied Clothing
Technology 2
Theory of Clothing 2

TCL100S

0.100

Yes

Year DST300S

Design Studies 3

DST200S

0.300

Yes

Year BUT300S

BUT202S

0.100

Yes

Year ACT300S

ACT200S

0.500

Yes

Year TCL300S

Business Studies 3
Applied Clothing
Technology 3
Theory of Clothing 3

TCL200S

0.100

Yes

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the National Diploma: 12

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

PROMOTION CRITERIA
Admission to the second semester of the first year of study

Student progress will be assessed directly after the mid-year portfolio review in May/June. Students who
do not obtain a minimum of 40% in two or more first year subjects will have the continuation of their
course reviewed. A student registered for the National Diploma will be promoted to the next year of study,
provided that all subjects are passed in the year concerned. Students will only be promoted to the third
year when they have passed ALL of the prescribed first and second year subjects.

Academic Exclusion Rules & Appeal Procedure
EXCLUSION RULES
•
•

Students who fail 50% or more of their subjects in any given year, or who fail any subject on the
same level twice, will not be re-admitted to the course.
A student will be excluded if the qualification is not completed within the University’s prescribed
period of six registered years, from the date of first registration.

APPEAL PROCEDURE
Students who are excluded may submit a letter of appeal to the Departmental Exclusion Panel acting on
behalf of the Dean of the Faculty. Unresolved cases will be dealt with by the Faculty Panel, consisting
of the Dean and Departmental HODs. The letter must give detailed reasons for the lack of progress,
e.g.extenuating circumstances such as a death in the family, illness, etc and it must state what plans/
strategies will be put in place to ensure success in the course. A copy of the death certificate must be
attached if this is stated as the reason for the lack of progress.
In the event of a successful appeal, the student will be required to sign a performance contract and
certain conditions are usually attached. If the student is re-admitted and continues to neglect to display
academic progress to the satisfaction of the Department, the student will not be admitted for a further
year of study at the University.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

NATIONAL DIPLOMA: FASHION DESIGN (EXTENDED
CURRICULUM PROGRAMME)
Duration: Full-time – four years (the first year is done over two years)
Venue: Cape Town Campus
Course Aim
The Extended Curriculum Programme is the first year of study for the National Diploma in Fashion
Design and is completed in a minimum of four years (the first year is done over two years).
The target group for the extended first year of study consists mostly of prospective students who have
applied for entry into the regular first year of study in one of the specialist design departments. These
applicants show appropriate potential for study in design but are not ready for entry into the regular first
year of study and are referred to the Extended Curriculum Programme. Students are nominated by the
relevant department if it is felt that they would benefit from the additional support. If accepted, these
students will be registered for the extended first year in the design discipline for which they originally
applied.
By the end of the Design Foundation Course students should have a fair idea of where their strengths
lie, and they should also be able to make an informed choice as to which design discipline they should
be entering for the regular first year of study. If they are better suited for study in another design
discipline than the one for which they are registered, they will be allowed to change their choice of
design discipline.
Career Opportunities
Graduates can enter fashion design careers with clothing retail stores and clothing manufacturing
companies in South Africa and overseas. Graduates are also equipped to develop small businesses in
fashion retail and manufacturing.
Several fashion design students have been selected over the past number of years as finalists in national
and international competitions, affording them employment opportunities. This is a career that requires
dedication, commitment to high standards and hard work.
Admission Requirements
Admission requirements are the same as for students in the three-year mainstream programme.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

ND: FASHION DESIGN
(EXTENDED CURRICULUM PROGRAMME)
SAQA Exit Credit

HEMIS Credit

Assessment Type

5A
5A
5A
5A
5A
5A

27
9
0
10.5
10.5
9

0.225
0.075
0.000
0.875
0.875
0.075

C
C
C
C
C
C

Summative
Assessment

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Subject Code

Year/Sem Subject

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: NDFDFX

Foundation year
0
0
0
0
0
0

Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y

DES10XS
BUS10SX
ACT10MX
ACT10BX
ACT10AX
TOC10SX

Design Studies 1A
Business Studies 1A
Applied Clothing Tech.1A
Two-dimensional Design 1A
Three-dimensional Design 1A
Theory of Clothing 1A

C
C
C
C
C
C

Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y

First year (Mainstream programme)
1
1
1
1

Y
Y
Y
Y

DST100S
BUT102S
ACT100S
TCL100S

Design Studies 1
Business Studies 1
Applied Clothing Technology 1
Theory of Clothing 1

C
C
C
C

DES10SX
BUS10SX
ACT10MX
TOC10SX

5B
5B
5B
5B

27
9
45
9

0.225
0.075
0.375
0.075

C Y
C Y
C Y
C Y

C
C
C
C

DST100S
BUT102S
ACT100S
TCL100S

5
5
5
5

27
9
45
9

0.225
0.075
0.375
0.075

C Y
C Y
C Y
C Y

C
C
C
C

DST200S
BUT202S
ACT200S
TCL200S

6
6
6
6

27
9
45
9

0.225
0.075
0.375
0.075

C Y
C Y
C Y
C Y

Second year (Mainstream programme)
2
2
2
2

Y
Y
Y
Y

DST200S
BUT202S
ACT200S
TCL200S

Design Studies 2
Business Studies 2
Applied Clothing Technology 2
Theory of Clothing 2

Third year (Mainstream programme)
3
3
3
3

Y
Y
Y
Y

DST300S
BUT300S
ACT300S
TCL300S

Design Studies 3
Business Studies 3
Applied Clothing Technology 3
Theory of Clothing 3

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the National Diploma: 12

Academic Exclusion Rules and Appeal Procedure

The academic exclusion rules and appeal procedure are the same as that applicable to the mainstream
National Diploma programme.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

B TECH: FASHION DESIGN
Duration: Full-time – one year
Part-time – two years
Venue: Cape Town Campus
Course Aim
This course equips students to make a contribution, through research, to the application and evaluation
of existing knowledge in a specialised area of fashion design or garment technology and enhance
professional and personal development. The four themes of design, technology, management and
theory of clothing are progressively developed and the student requires an in-depth understanding
of the subject content. Students are encouraged to work independently. At the end of the period of
study, students are required to produce a research project together with an exhibition of work on a
selected aspect of specialised clothing technology or design studies. The programme is conducted in an
integral manner, accommodating specialisation in either design, product development or manufacturing
technology.
Career Opportunities
The course has an entrepreneurial component that has enabled some former graduates to start their
own labels or freelancing and having their own lines at big retailers such as Woolworths.
Graduates can enter fashion design careers with clothing retail stores and clothing manufacturing
companies in South Africa and overseas. Graduates are also equipped to develop small businesses in
fashion retail and manufacturing.
Several fashion design students have been selected over the past number of years as finalists in national
and international competitions, affording them employment opportunities. This is a career that requires
dedication, commitment to high standards and hard work.
Admission Requirements A National Diploma in Fashion or a recognised equivalent qualification, with
an average of at least 60% in the final year of the National Diploma, is required. Applicants are required
to submit a portfolio of work consisting of presentation and technical drawings of a range of clothing
design for a fashion show or equivalent body of work.
Applicants are also required to submit a topic and outline of a research project to be completed during
the B Tech programme as evidence of their ability to conduct basic research.
Applicants have to attend a personal interview on campus with a panel of staff members

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

Programme Structure
This is a research-based course in which the student is placed under the guidance of a supervisor who
will assist in both the practical and theoretical or written research components of the course.
Assessment
At the end of the period of study, the student must have completed a written report and a body of
work that will be exhibited on campus. A panel of staff, assisted by external moderators, will assess
the exhibition. Students must satisfy the external moderators that they have fulfilled the requirements
towards the degree.

B TECH: FASHION

NQF Level

SAQA Exit Credit

HEMIS Credit

Assessment Type

Summative
Assessment

None

0.100

Specialised Clothing
SCT400S
Technology 4

None

0.500

TCL400S

None

0.400

Theory of Clothing 4

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

BUT401S Business Studies 4

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Year/Sem Subject

Subject Code

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: BTFASH

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the B Tech degree: 3

Academic Exclusion Rules and Appeal Procedure
Exclusion rules
A student will be excluded if the qualification is not completed within the University’s prescribed period
of four registered years from the date of first registration.
Appeal procedure
Students who are excluded may submit a letter of appeal to the Faculty Board requesting an extension
of their registration.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

M TECH DESIGN: FASHION DESIGN
Duration: A minimum of one calendar year full-time or two consecutive calendar years part-time and a maximum of
five years, after which time the candidate will not be allowed to re-register or continue with his/her studies. Students
who wish to interrupt their studies must apply to the Senate on the prescribed application form that is available on
the University’s website.
Venue: Cape Town Campus

Course Aim
Graduates develop the knowledge and skills required to conduct independent research in fashion design and to
contribute significantly to knowledge production through the understanding, application and evaluation of existing
and new knowledge.
The Faculty offers reputable post-graduate design qualifications at Masters and Doctoral level. The Master of
Technology (M Tech) and Doctor of Technology (D Tech) in the Design Programmes place emphasis on applied
research that addresses challenges facing society in a diverse development milieu. By building on undergraduate
foundations in Communication/Graphic Design, Industrial/Product Design, Interior Design, Fashion Design, Surface
Design, Jewellery Design and Photography, candidates in the Masters programme often select topics that grapple
with complex design problems. The socially conscious ethos encourages research in fields such as Design for
Development, Design for Sustainability, Interaction Design, Participatory Design, Universal Design and UserExperience Design.
The Masters degree can be obtained through a full (100%) thesis or a mini-dissertation/part practical output
(50–50) qualification, while a full (100%) thesis is required for the Doctoral programmes.

Career Opportunities
Graduates can follow a career in research and development in the industry, or be employed at research institutes.
They are also employed in teaching and research positions in higher education institutions.

Admission Requirements
A B Tech: Fashion Design or a recognised equivalent qualification.

Approval by Higher Degrees Committee
The title of the dissertation/thesis, as well as the names and qualifications of the appointed supervisors, must be
approved by the Higher Degrees Committee before a student can commence with his/her studies.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

M TECH DESIGN: FASHION DESIGN

R5FD01R

Thesis

None

120

1.000 C

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Year/Sem Subject

Subject Code

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: MTDESR

N/A

Total number of subjects to pass in order to obtain the MTech Degree - 1

Academic Exclusion Rules and Appeal Procedure
During the first and every subsequent year of study, the student must demonstrate academic activity to
the satisfaction of the University. A student shall be excluded from and refused re-registration for the
course if, in the opinion of the supervisor/s and the Faculty Board, the student fails to maintain progress
in his/her studies or research project.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

D TECH DESIGN: FASHION DESIGN
Duration: A minimum of two calendar year full-time or two consecutive calendar years part-time and a
maximum of six years, after which time the candidate will not be allowed to re-register or continue with
his/her studies. Students who wish to interrupt their studies must apply to the Senate on the prescribed
application form that is available on the University’s website.
Venue: Cape Town Campus
Course Aim
Graduates develop the knowledge and skills required to conduct independent research in fashion design
and to contribute significantly to knowledge production through the understanding, application and
evaluation of existing and new knowledge.
The Faculty offers reputable post-graduate design qualifications at Masters and Doctoral level. The Master
of Technology (M Tech) and Doctor of Technology (D Tech) in the Design Programmes place emphasis on
applied research that addresses challenges facing society in a diverse development milieu. By building
on undergraduate foundations in Communication/Graphic Design, Industrial/Product Design, Interior
Design, Fashion Design, Surface Design, Jewellery Design and Photography, candidates in the Masters
programme often select topics that grapple with complex design problems. The socially conscious ethos
encourages research in fields such as Design for Development, Design for Sustainability, Interaction
Design, Participatory Design, Universal Design and User-Experience Design.
The Masters degree can be obtained through a full (100%) thesis or a mini-dissertation/part practical
output (50–50) qualification, while a full (100%) thesis is required for the Doctoral programmes.
Career Opportunities
Graduates can follow a career in research and development in the industry, or be employed at research
institutes. They are also employed in teaching and research positions in higher education institutions.
Admission Requirements
An M Tech: Fashion Design or a recognised equivalent qualification.
Approval by Higher Degrees Committee
The title of the dissertation/thesis, as well as the names and qualifications of the appointed supervisors,
must be approved by the Higher Degrees Committee before a student can commence with his/her
studies.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

D TECH DESIGN: FASHION DESIGN

R6FD01R

Thesis

None

120

1.000 C

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Year/Sem Subject

Subject Code

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: DTDESR

N/A

Total number of subjects to pass in order to obtain the MDTech Degree: 1

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

CORE SYLLABI FOR THE NATIONAL DIPLOMA:
FASHION DESIGN
Please note that the details below are a summarised version of the syllabus. Please refer to the individual
subject guides for more detail.

Applied Clothing Technology 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course outline: The subject consists of two sections, viz:
Pattern Studies
In the first year, basic pattern-making principles are covered and basic blocks are drawn up as well as final
patterns for making up in the garment construction class.
Garment Construction
In the first year students are introduced to industrial machines, learn to perform various sewing operations, and
make up some of the garments from design and pattern classes.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Applied Clothing Technology 2
Pre-requisites: Applied Clothing Technology 1
Course outline: Basic patterns and adaptation of blocks for various garments and different fabrics are covered.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Applied Clothing Technology 3
Pre-requisites: Applied Clothing Technology 2
Course outline: Advanced pattern-making and patterns for a final year range are covered.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

Business Studies 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course outline: The first year Business Studies course includes 1.5 teaching hours per week and is designed
to introduce and develop entrepreneurial thinking through interactive class sessions and activities. The first year
course comprises the following topics, viz The essence of design, Entrepreneurship, Global versus local economy,
Business ownership, Ethics in business, Business calculus and statistical analysis, Financial management,
Business opportunities and the Business plan.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Business Studies 2
Pre-requisites: Business Studies 1
Course outline: The second year Business Studies class includes 1.5 teaching hours per week and interactive
class discussions and activities. These sessions are aimed at deepening the students’ understanding of business
management concepts. The course comprises the following topics, viz Market research, The marketing mix, The
cost of doing business, Financial statements analysis, Financing of a business and Compiling a business plan.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Business Studies 3
Pre-requisites: Business Studies 2
Course outline: The third year Business Studies class includes 1.5 teaching hours per week and interactive class
discussions and activities. These sessions are aimed at preparing the individual for post-graduation through an
increased focus on business start-up activities, spanning across legislative requirements, key financial concepts
and operations management. The third year course comprises the following topics, viz Protecting your business,
Legal issues in running a business, Taxes and government regulations, Statutory issues, Business management,
Competitor analysis and strategic marketing and Design process management.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Design Studies 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course outline: The irst year Design Studies course covers design, technical drawing, illustration, life drawing,
media and colour studies. This gives a solid background in drawing the fashion figure, designing clothes, keeping
in mind the technical necessities..
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

Design Studies 2
Pre-requisites: Design Studies 1
Course outline: The second year Design Studies course includes design, technical drawing and illustration,
building on the first year and introducing a wider variety of fabrics.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Design Studies 3
Pre-requisites: Design Studies 2
Course outline: The year is spent working towards a final collection and a range of designs.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Theory Of Clothing 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course outline: The subject consists of two sections, viz:
Textile Studies
Students learn about fibres, from natural to man-made, fabric construction, properties, handling and use.
Clothing Manufacturing Technology
In this section students get insight into the processes in clothing factories and the operation of different machinery.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Theory Of Clothing 2
Pre-requisites: Theory of Clothing 1
Course outline: The subject consists of two sections, viz:
Textile Studies
Students learn about fibres, from natural to man-made, fabric construction, properties, handling and use at a
more in-depth level.
Clothing Manufacturing Technology
In this section students get insight into the processes in clothing factories and the operation of different machinery
at a more in-depth level.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

Theory Of Clothing 3
Pre-requisites: Theory of Clothing 2
Course outline: Background knowledge of sociology and basic psychology of clothing, factors impacting
on clothing choice with reference to the media, group pressure and culture, and an introduction to research
methodology.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CORE SYLLABI FOR THE EXTENDED CURRICULUM
PROGRAMME: FASHION DESIGN
Please note that the details below are a summarised version of the syllabus. Please refer to the individual subject
guides for more detail.

Drawing
Pre-requisites: None
Course outline: Drawing is fundamental to design and is embedded in all the design subjects as part of the
design process. Drawing is also taught as a separate subject that is divided into figure drawing and object
drawing. These two components are equally weighted and each accounts for 50% of the final mark in drawing.
Through figure and object drawing students are encouraged to develop observational, perceptual and conceptual
skills and to carry these into the study of their design subjects.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Two-Dimensional Design (Fashion Design)
Pre-requisites: None
Course outline: Students are introduced to basic pattern-making and garment construction techniques in this
subject. They start by designing a pattern for a bag, constructed in fabric and made with an industrial sewing
machine and hand sewing techniques for decoration. The next fashion design project begins with stylistic analysis
of the garment designs of a well-established international or local fashion designer. The students then develop
a concept board with their own range of garments, based on their understanding of their chosen designer’s
garments. Referring to the concept board, the students then do detailed illustrations of their garment designs in
coloured pencil crayons.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

Description Of Theory Subjects
Pre-requisites: None
Course outline: As set out below.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

History of Art & Design 1

This subject will be introduced on a theme basis offering first-time History of Art and Design students a basic
overview. Segments from the first year of the History of Art and Design course will be included and students will be
required to attend core lectures, supplemented by tutorials, with an emphasis on the analysis of design products.

Design & Visual Literacy

This component of the course concentrates on introducing students to design and visual literacy through various
visual presentations, written and spoken exercises and assessments. Design and visual literacy classes are
augmented by outings and visits to exhibitions. In addition, students get the opportunity to engage with current
design discourse through a programme of guest lecturers in the field as well as a film club that focuses on key
concerns. This is done to develop an awareness of current design and to encourage an attitude of life-long
learning.

Communication & Literacy (including Language Skills)

This section of the course introduces students to academic reading and writing, as well as the skills needed
to research information and present this information in a coherent and effective written and verbal format.
Students have the opportunity to ask for support with any of their written or oral assignments from the Design
Communication Studies lecturer and the Professional Business Practice lecturer, and remedial help will be given
where needed. Furthermore, integrated into all theory assignments, is an assessable language component that
counts for 30% of the final mark.

Professional Business Practice (Life Skills, Computer Skills & Numeracy)
Life skills
This course includes various life skills and study skills workshops to help students develop the kind of individual
and academic competencies and attitudes needed for successful learning on a first year academic level.
Computer skills
Basic computer literacy is offered in order to familiarise students with the current frameworks of technology. This
knowledge will be further developed into word processing and presentation package skills in order to empower
students to successfully utilise these resources.
Numeracy skills
The numeracy course consists of four modules designed to give the students a practical understanding of
numeracy as it relates to various facets of life. The modules include a variety of topics such as area and volume,
data processing and probability, as well as financial aspects such as interest rates, inflation and exchange rates.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

CORE SYLLABI FOR THE B TECH: FASHION DESIGN
Please note that the details below are a summarised version of the syllabus. Please refer to the individual
subject guides for more detail.

BUSINESS STUDIES 4
Pre-requisites: Design Studies 2
Course outline: Evaluate opportunities and threats in the national and international fashion markets. Develop
and present a business plan for a fashion or related business. Research, identify and analyse various fashion
marketing opportunities in South Africa and internationally. Design marketing strategies for various identified
markets. Plan the implementation of the Africa marketing programme.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Specialised Clothing Technology 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course outline: The subject consists of 3 sections, viz:
Design Studies 4
Designing for a range, tackling the student’s specific research problem.
Pattern Studies 4
Patterns for a research-based range.
Garment Construction 4
Garment construction for a research-based range.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Theory Of Clothing 4
Pre-requisites: None
Students are taught to understand the research process and be in a position to prepare a research proposal. This
is then extended into a dissertation supporting the practical component. The final written document should show
a scholarly theoretical and critical approach. It should demonstrate theoretical understanding – paying particular
attention to the research problem, research questions (aims), the literature review and the methodology (method),
and evaluate the outcome (conclusion). It should also demonstrate insight – showing a penetrating capacity which
reflects critical insight, and both understanding and an ability to discern underlying meanings. The dissertation
should also prove relevance (suitability and applicability to a particular issue/context), as well as curiosity and a
spirit of enquiry, an ability to work both independently and collaboratively, and personal development and creative
problem solving.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

NATIONAL DIPLOMA: GRAPHIC DESIGN
Duration: Full-time – three years
Venue:
Bellville Campus
Cape Town Campus
Course Aim
Graduates are competent to design and produce visual communication to a professional level relevant
to the formal market sector.
Career Opportunities
The fields of employment are advertising agencies, design studios, printing and publishing houses.
Employment opportunities also exist in state-supported institutions such as museums, library services
and medical institutions.
After gaining practical experience, a graphic designer may decide to become self-employed as a
freelance designer.
Areas of specialisation include digital design, illustration, packaging, corporate identity and photography.
Admission Requirements
Required Senior Certificate subjects:
Home Language 4 (50% – 59%)*
First Additional Language 3 (40% – 49%)*
One of these languages shall be English or Afrikaans*
Mathematics 2 (30% – 39%)
Maths Literacy 4 (50% – 59%)
Recommended Senior Certificate subjects:
Design 3 (40% – 49%)
Submission of prescribed portfolio
In addition to the minimum admission requirements (see above), applicants are required to submit a
prescribed portfolio of art work, together with a questionnaire. Applicants may also be required to attend
an interview on campus. Details of the portfolio requirements will be supplied on application.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

NATIONAL DIPLOMA: GRAPHIC DESIGN

CMD100S Communication Design 1

HEMIS Credit

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

SAQA Exit Credit

12 0.100

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

Professional Graphic Design
Practice 1
HOA100S History of Art & Design 1

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Year/Sem Subject

Subject Code

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: NDGDSN

PGP100S

C
C

12 0.100

36 0.300

DGT100S Design Techniques 1

36 0.300

24 0.200

GDD100S Graphic Design Drawing 1
Professional Graphic Design
PGP200S
Practice 2
History & Theory of Graphic
HGD200S
Design 2
CMD200S Communication Design 2

PGP100S

12 0.100

HOA100S

12 0.100

CMD100S

48 0.400

DGT200S Design Techniques 2

DGT100S

30 0.250

GDD100S

18 0.150

PGP200S

12 0.100

HGD200S

12 0.100

GDD200S Graphic Design Drawing 2
Professional Graphic Design
PGP300S
Practice 3
History & Theory of Graphic
HGD300S
Design 3
CMD300S Communication Design 3

CMD200S

60 0.500

DGT300S Design Techniques 3

DGT200S

24 0.200

GDD300S Graphic Design Drawing 3

GDD200S

12 0.100

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the National Diploma: 15

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

Promotion Criteria
• All subjects must be passed with a 50% minimum for promotion.
• If a student passes 4 out of the 5 subjects, he/she will automatically be re-admitted to the course.
• If a student passes 3 out of 5 subjects, he/she will be wait-listed.

Academic Exclusion Rules and Appeal Procedure
Exclusion rules
• Students who pass two or less subjects will be excluded and will have to submit a letter of appeal
to the HOD of the Department.
• A student will be excluded if the qualification is not completed within the University’s prescribed
period of six registered years from the date of first registration.
Appeal procedure
Students who are excluded may submit a letter of appeal to the Departmental Exclusion Panel acting on
behalf of the Dean of the Faculty. Unresolved cases will be dealt with by the Faculty Panel, consisting
of the Dean and Departmental HODs. The letter must give detailed reasons for the lack of progress,
e.g.extenuating circumstances such as a death in the family, illness, etc and it must state what plans/
strategies will be put in place to ensure success in the course. A copy of the death certificate must be
attached if this is stated as the reason for the lack of progress.
In the event of a successful appeal, the student will be required to sign a performance contract and
certain conditions are usually attached. If the student is re-admitted and continues to neglect to display
academic progress to the satisfaction of the Department, the student will not be admitted for a further
year of study at the University.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

NATIONAL DIPLOMA: GRAPHIC DESIGN
(EXTENDED CURRICULUM PROGRAMME)
Duration: Full-time – four years (the first year is done over two years).
Venue:
Bellville Campus
Cape Town Campus
Course Aim
The Extended Curriculum Programme is the first year of study for the National Diploma in Graphic Design
and is completed in a minimum of four years (the first year is done over two years).
The target group for the extended first year of study consists mostly of prospective students who have
applied for entry into the regular first year of study in one of the specialist design departments. These
applicants show appropriate potential for study in design but are not ready for entry into the regular first
year of study and are referred to the Extended Curriculum Programme. Students are nominated by the
relevant department if it is felt that they would benefit from the additional support. If accepted, these
students will be registered for the extended first year in the design discipline for which they originally
applied.
By the end of the Design Foundation Course students should have a fair idea of where their strengths
lie, and they should also be able to make an informed choice as to which design discipline they should
be entering for the regular first year of study. If they are better suited for study in another design
discipline than the one for which they are registered, they will be allowed to change their choice of
design discipline.
Career Opportunities
The fields of employment are advertising agencies, design studios, printing and publishing houses.
Employment opportunities also exist in state-supported institutions such as museums, library services
and medical institutions.
After gaining practical experience, a graphic designer may decide to become self-employed as a
freelance designer.
Areas of specialisation include digital design, illustration, packaging, corporate identity and photography.
Admission Requirements
Admission requirements are the same as for students in the three-year mainstream programme.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

ND: GRAPHIC DESIGN
(EXTENDED CURRICULUM PROGRAMME)
Assessment Type

0.075

Summative
Assessment

HEMIS Credit

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Subject Code

Year/Sem Subject

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: NDGDSX

Foundation year
0

HOA10SX

Professional Graphic Design
Practice 1A
History of Art & Design 1A

CMD10SX

Communication Design 1A

PGP10SX

n/a

5A 9

n/a

5A 9

0.075

n/a

5A 27

0.225

DST10SX

Design Techniques 1A

n/a

5A 27

0.225

GDD10SX

Graphic Design Drawing 1A

n/a

5A 18

0.150

PGP10SX

5B 9

0.075

First year (Mainstream programme)

HOA100S

Professional Graphic Design
Practice 1
History of Art & Design 1

CMD100S

Communication Design 1

PGP100S

HOA10SX 5B 9

0.075

CMD10SX 5B 27

0.225

DGT100S

Design Techniques 1

DST10SX

5B 27

0.225

GDD100S

Graphic Design Drawing 1

GDD10SX 5B 18

0.150

PGP100S 5

0.075

Second year (Mainstream programme)

HOA100S 5

0.075

CMD200S

Professional Graphic Design
Practice 2
History & Theory of Graphic
Design 2
Communication Design 2

CMD100S 5

0.300

DGT200S

Design Techniques 2

DGT100S 5

0.187

GDD200S

Graphic Design Drawing 2

GDD100S

13.56 0.113

PGP200S

HGD200S

2
2

HGD200S 6

0.075

CMD200S 6

0.375

Design Techniques 3

DGT200S 6

0.150

Graphic Design Drawing 3

GDD200S 6

0.075

NQF Level

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

0.075

SAQA Exit Credit
9

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

PGP200S 6

Compulsory or
Elective

HEMIS Credit

Subject Name

Subject Code

Year/Sem Subject

Period of Study

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

Third year (Mainstream programme)

CMD300S

Professional Graphic Design
Practice 3
History & Theory of Graphic
Design 3
Communication Design 3

DGT300S

GDD300S

PGP300S

HGD300S

3
3

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the National Diploma: 15

Academic Exclusion Rules and Appeal Procedure
The academic exclusion rules and appeal procedure are the same as that applicable to the mainstream
National Diploma programme.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

B TECH: GRAPHIC DESIGN
Duration: Full-time – one year
Part-time – two years
Venue:
Bellville Campus
Cape Town Campus
Course Aim
This course equips students to make a contribution, through research, to the application and evaluation
of existing knowledge in a specialised area of graphic design and enhance professional and personal
development.
Career Opportunities
The fields of employment are advertising agencies, design studios, printing and publishing houses.
Employment opportunities also exist in state-supported institutions such as museums, library services
and medical institutions.
After gaining practical experience, a graphic designer may decide to become self-employed as a
freelance designer.
Areas of specialisation include digital design, illustration, packaging, corporate identity and photography.
Admission Requirements
A National Diploma in Graphic Design or a recognised equivalent qualification is required, with an
average of at least 60% in the final year of the National Diploma, as well as a portfolio of practical work.
Programme Structure
This is a research-based course in which the student is placed under the guidance of a supervisor who
will assist in both the practical and theoretical or written research components of the course.
Assessment
At the end of the period of study, the student must have completed a written report and a body of
work that will be exhibited on campus. A panel of staff, assisted by external moderators, will assess
the exhibition. Students must satisfy the external moderators that they have fulfilled the requirements
towards the degree.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

B TECH: GRAPHIC DESIGN

HEMIS Credit

Assessment Type

Summative
Assessment

CMD400S

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Theory of Graphic Design &
Academic Report 4
Communication Design 4

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

TAR400S

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Year/Sem Subject

Subject Code

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: BTGDSN

None

0.300

None

0.700

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the B Tech degree: 2

Appeal procedure
Students who are excluded may submit a letter of appeal to the Faculty Board requesting an extension of their
registration.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

M TECH: GRAPHIC DESIGN
Duration: A minimum of one calendar year full-time or two consecutive calendar years part-time and a
maximum of five years, after which time the candidate will not be allowed to re-register or continue with
his/her studies. Students who wish to interrupt their studies must apply to the Senate on the prescribed
application form that is available on the University’s website.
Venue:

Cape Town + Bellville Campus

Course Aim
Graduates develop the knowledge and skills required to conduct independent research in graphic design
and to contribute significantly to knowledge production through the understanding, application and
evaluation of existing and new knowledge.
The Faculty offers reputable post-graduate design qualifications at Masters and Doctoral level. The Master
of Technology (M Tech) and Doctor of Technology (D Tech) in the Design Programmes place emphasis on
applied research that addresses challenges facing society in a diverse development milieu. By building
on undergraduate foundations in Communication/Graphic Design, Industrial/Product Design, Interior
Design, Fashion Design, Surface Design, Jewellery Design and Photography, candidates in the Masters
programme often select topics that grapple with complex design problems. The socially conscious ethos
encourages research in fields such as Design for Development, Design for Sustainability, Interaction
Design, Participatory Design, Universal Design and User-Experience Design.
The Masters degree can be obtained through a full (100%) thesis or a mini-dissertation/part practical
output (50–50) qualification, while a full (100%) thesis is required for the Doctoral programmes.
Career Opportunities
Graduates can follow a career in research and development in the industry, or be employed at research
institutes. They are also employed in teaching and research positions in higher education institutions.
Admission Requirements
A B Tech: Graphic Design or a recognised equivalent qualification.
Approval by Higher Degrees Committee
The title of the dissertation/thesis, as well as the names and qualifications of the appointed supervisors,
must be approved by the Higher Degrees Committee before a student can commence with his/her
studies.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

M TECH: GRAPHIC DESIGN

R5GD01R

Thesis

None

120

1.000 C

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Year/Sem Subject

Subject Code

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: MTGDSR

N/A

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the M Tech degree: 1

Academic Exclusion Rules
During the first and every subsequent year of study, the student must demonstrate academic activity to the
satisfaction of the University. A student shall be excluded from and refused re-registration for the course if, in
the opinion of the supervisor/s and the Faculty Board, the student fails to maintain progress in his/her studies or
research project.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

D TECH: GRAPHIC DESIGN
Duration: A minimum of two calendar year full-time or two consecutive calendar years part-time and a
maximum of six years, after which time the candidate will not be allowed to re-register or continue with
his/her studies. Students who wish to interrupt their studies must apply to the Senate on the prescribed
application form that is available on the University’s website.
Venue: Cape Town + Bellville Campus
Course Aim
Graduates develop the knowledge and skills required to conduct independent research in fashion design
and to contribute significantly to knowledge production through the understanding, application and
evaluation of existing and new knowledge.
The Faculty offers reputable post-graduate design qualifications at Masters and Doctoral level. The Master
of Technology (M Tech) and Doctor of Technology (D Tech) in the Design Programmes place emphasis on
applied research that addresses challenges facing society in a diverse development milieu. By building
on undergraduate foundations in Communication/Graphic Design, Industrial/Product Design, Interior
Design, Fashion Design, Surface Design, Jewellery Design and Photography, candidates in the Masters
programme often select topics that grapple with complex design problems. The socially conscious ethos
encourages research in fields such as Design for Development, Design for Sustainability, Interaction
Design, Participatory Design, Universal Design and User-Experience Design.
The Masters degree can be obtained through a full (100%) thesis or a mini-dissertation/part practical
output (50–50) qualification, while a full (100%) thesis is required for the Doctoral programmes.
Career Opportunities
Graduates can follow a career in research and development in the industry, or be employed at research
institutes. They are also employed in teaching and research positions in higher education institutions.
Admission Requirements
An M Tech: Graphic Design or a recognised equivalent qualification.
Approval by Higher Degrees Committee
The title of the dissertation/thesis, as well as the names and qualifications of the appointed supervisors,
must be approved by the Higher Degrees Committee before a student can commence with his/her
studies.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

D TECH: GRAPHIC DESIGN

R6GD01R

Thesis

None

120

1.000 C

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Year/Sem Subject

Subject Code

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: DTGDSR

N/A

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the D Tech degree: 1

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

CORE SYLLABI FOR THE NATIONAL DIPLOMA:
GRAPHIC DESIGN
Please note that the details below are a summarised version of the syllabus. Please refer to the individual
subject guides for more detail.

Communication Design 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course outline: Communication Design 1 is a core subject in which students will be introduced to and master
basic design elements and principles. As the year progresses, these techniques will be applied with increasing
complexity to simple design briefs for a specific target market. Students will analyse how image, symbol, sign,
visual metaphor, context, persuasion and style function in visual communication, and will be able to apply this
in communication design solutions. They will apply colour theory, strategic thinking and typographic principles
and communicate design solutions and will be required to direct and prepare the production of the design in
accordance with professional technical and media specifications.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Communication Design 2
Pre-requisites: Communication Design 1
Course outline: Communication Design 2 is a core subject in which students will be introduced to and master
basic design elements and principles. As the year progresses, students will be required to apply these principles
with increasing complexity to simple design briefs for a specific target market. They will also be required to
articulate the essential requirements of a simple visual communication assignment and visualise original ideas
that meet the requirements of a simple communication brief. Finally, they must design the components of a visual
communication campaign to give expression to the original concept.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Communication Design 3
Pre-requisites: Communication Design 2
Course outline: Communication Design 3 deals with the interpretation, conceptualisation, visualisation and
presentation of extended and in-depth communication design assignments, emphasising visual problem-solving
content while reflecting a professional, commercial approach. Students are taught to analyse how image, symbol,
sign, visual metaphor, context, persuasion and style function in visual communication, and will be able to apply
this in communication design solutions. They will be required to identify and solve problems using critical and
creative thinking and work effectively with others as a member of a team or group.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

Design Techniques 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course outline: Design Techniques informs and supports Communication Design through the application of
2- and 3-dimensional hand and digital media in the realisation of design solutions. Students will experiment with
and explore a range of materials and media and their relationship with meaning and concept. Photography forms
an integral part of the subject. They will also be required to visualise original ideas that meet the requirements of
a creative brief, design the components of a visual communication assignment to give expression to the original
concept and direct and prepare the production of the design in accordance with professional technical and media
specifications.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Design Techniques 2
Pre-requisites: Design Techniques 1
Course outline: Design Techniques 2 informs and supports Communication Design through the application of
2- and 3-dimensional hand and digital media in the realisation of design solutions. Students will experiment with
and explore a range of materials and media and their relationship with meaning and concept and they will be
critically involved in design processes and products. Photography forms an integral part of the subject. At the end
of the course, students will be able to design and produce a limited range of illustrations, prints, 3-dimensional
designs and animation through the mastery of a variety of materials and media, and technical and conceptual
skills. Students will also display technical and conceptual competency in digital photography.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Design Techniques 3
Pre-requisites: Design Techniques 2
Course outline: Photography is a technique used by all designers in different ways in order to generate imagery.
It is therefore a core subject. Three-dimensional design, illustration and print-making are all electives designed to
allow exploration of a chosen field. The subject aims to provide opportunities to learn the technical and conceptual
skills required for specialisation. Students will be required to visualise original ideas that meet the requirements of
a creative brief, design the components of a visual communication assignment to give expression to the original
concept, and direct and prepare the production of the design in accordance with professional technical and media
specifications.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

Graphic Design Drawing 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course outline: Drawing underpins all the practical subjects as a communication and conceptual tool and as a
visualisation method. In the drawing course students will develop representational, observational and perceptual
skills using a variety of media. Through this process students will explore the interpretive possibilities of personal
mark-making and their relationship to meaning. Students will be required to visualise original ideas that meet
the requirements of a creative brief, articulate the essential requirements of a simple visual communication
assignment, and design the components of a visual communication assignment to give expression to the original
concept.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Graphic Design Drawing 2
Pre-requisites: Graphic Design Drawing 1
Course outline: Drawing underpins all the practical subjects as a communication and conceptual tool and as a
visualisation method. In the drawing course students will develop representational, observational and perceptual
skills using a variety of media. Through this process students will explore the interpretive possibilities of personal
mark-making and their relationship to meaning. At the end of the course students will be able to produce drawings
in response to a range of perceptual, conceptual and expressive situations as required by the brief, using a variety
of appropriate drawing and illustration media.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Graphic Design Drawing 3
Pre-requisites: Graphic Design Drawing 2
Course outline: Drawing underpins all the practical subjects as a communication and conceptual tool and as a
visualisation method. In the drawing course students will develop representational, observational and perceptual
skills using a variety of media. Through this process students will explore the interpretive possibilities of personal
mark-making and their relationship to meaning. In third year students are required to present all ideas on paper
using drawing. This is standard practice in the industry and as such is the rule rather than the exception, when
brainstorming, presenting and discussing work with fellow students and lecturers.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

History Of Art & Design 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course outline: The first year of history of art concentrates on the history of art and design in Europe, Britain
and the East, from antiquity to the end of the nineteenth century. Reference will also be made to the impact on
African and contemporary design and theory. The primary aim of this course is to stimulate a critical awareness
of art and design from a multi-cultural perspective and to stress the importance of placing design within a social,
economic and political context.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

History & Theory Of Graphic Design 2
Pre-requisites: History of Art & Design 1
Course outline: History & Theory of Graphic Design 2 deals with the following topics, viz Chronological overview
of 20th century design movements, Birth and rise of Modernism, Avant garde movements, i.e. Impressionism,
Cubism, Futurism, De Stijl, Dada and Surrealism, Consolidation of the modern aesthetic, Post-war design, Late
20th century design movements, i.e. Post-modernism, and Deconstruction and stylistic characteristics and motifs
for each period.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

History & Theory Of Graphic Design 3
Pre-requisites: History & Theory of Graphic Design 2
Course outline: History & Theory of Graphic Design 3 deals with the following topics, viz Theory of design
and contemporary trends and theories, Design thinking, Design research, Design concept generation and
development, Traditional cultures vs subcultures, Globalisation and ethical debates, Advertising, Aesthetics, and
Ethics and research methodology.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Professional Graphic Design Practice 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course outline: The first year Professional Practice course deals with the following topics, viz Options for
employment or self-employment, Personal qualities of a successful entrepreneur, Entrepreneurship and the
economy, An economic system, Types of economic systems, Non-profit organisations, Local economy, Global
economy, Types of businesses and business ownership, Starting a business, Compiling a business plan, Purpose
of a business plan, Resources needed to start and operate a business, Essential business mathematics and
statistics for a business, Budgeting and tools for budgeting, Business opportunity, Sources of opportunity, Thinking
creatively and turning ideas into opportunities.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

Professional Graphic Design Practice 2
Pre-requisites: Professional Graphic Design Practice 1
Course outline: The second year Professional Practice course is designed to give students fundamental
background skills not directly related to their core subjects that will enable them to successfully participate
in a professional graphic design practice. The second year course includes 1.5 teaching hours per week and
interactive class discussions and activities. These sessions are aimed at deepening the students’ understanding
of business management concepts. The course comprises the following topics, viz Market research, Marketing
mix, Cost of doing business, Financial statements analysis, Financing of a business, Compiling a business plan.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Professional Graphic Design Practice 3
Pre-requisites: Professional Graphic Design Practice 2
Course outline: The third year Professional Practice course includes 1.5 teaching hours per week and interactive
class discussions and activities. These sessions are aimed at preparing the individual for post-graduation through
an increased focus on business start-up activities, spanning across legislative requirements, key financial
concepts and operations management. The third year course comprises the following topics, viz Protecting your
business, Legal issues in running a business, Taxes and government regulations, Statutory issues, Business
management, Competitor analysis and strategic marketing and Design process management.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CORE SYLLABI FOR THE EXTENDED CURRICULUM
PROGRAMME: GRAPHIC DESIGN
Please note that the details below are a summarised version of the syllabus. Please refer to the individual
subject guides for more detail.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

Two-Dimensional Design (Graphic Design)
Pre-requisites: None
Course outline: In addition to the subjects for which the students are registered, a graphic design component
forms part of the two-dimensional design subject of the foundation course. This is essential to the complex,
integrated, multidisciplinary curriculum and to teaching and learning in the introduction to the study of twodimensional design.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Course Description For Theory Subjects
Pre-requisites: None
Course outline: As set out below.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

History of Art & Design 1

Design & Visual Literacy

Communication & Literacy (including Language Skills)

Professional Business Practice (Life Skills, Computer Skills & Numeracy)

Life skills
This course includes various life skills and study skills workshops to help students develop the kind of individual
and academic competencies and attitudes needed for successful learning on a first year academic level.
Computer skills
Basic computer literacy is offered in order to familiarise students with the current frameworks of technology. This
knowledge will be further developed into word processing and presentation package skills in order to empower
students to successfully utilise these resources.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

Course Description For Theory Subjects
Numeracy skills
The numeracy course consists of four modules designed to give the students a practical understanding of
numeracy as it relates to various facets of life. The modules include a variety of topics such as area and volume,
data processing and probability, as well as financial aspects such as interest rates, inflation and exchange rates.

CORE SYLLABI FOR THE B TECH: GRAPHIC DESIGN
Please note that the details below are a summarised version of the syllabus. Please refer to the individual
subject guides for more detail.

Communication Design 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course outline:
Full-time: Students do a self-motivated design project. They are required to write their own brief for this in June
according to the knowledge gained through their research. This will be executed in the third and fourth terms. The
course in the first and second terms includes Work Integrated Learning – i.e. live projects and an internship of
three weeks at a design studio or agency. There are also set projects and course modules to complete.
Part-time: This includes some modules, research methodology and the theory subject runs for one year. The
practical subject can run concurrently or commence in the following year.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Theory Of Graphic Design & Academic Report 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course outline: The theory subject consists of research methodology lectures and seminars. Students choose a
topic for investigation, write a proposal for this and then conduct qualitative /quantitative research in their chosen
field. This allows the students to develop in-depth knowledge into the area they have chosen. The academic/
research report (this is not a thesis) is approximately 60 – 120 pages long and will be examined by an external
examiner.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

NATIONAL DIPLOMA: THREE-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN
Duration: Full-time – three years
Venue:
Cape Town Campus
Course Aim
The course equips students with the knowledge and skills to apply the design process to problems
related to mass-produced products, to produce conceptual sketches, technical specifications, rendered
images and physical or virtual 3D models to communicate proposed solutions in a professional way.
Graduates with a National Diploma will be able to participate in debates around current design thinking
and movements, based on historical reference, and position the results of their work in the business
framework that generated the need for the design input.
Career Opportunities
After qualifying, graduates become product designers with the competence to work independently as
designers, or work for industrial designers as niche skills specialists like CAD operators, model-makers
or illustrators.
Graduates are also employed as in-house designers for manufacturing companies, or in design-related
fields such as furniture design, special effects and props for the film industry.
Admission Requirements
Required Senior Certificate subjects:
Home Language 4 (50% – 59%)*
First Additional Language 3 (40% – 49%)*
One of these languages shall be English or Afrikaans*
Mathematics 2 (30% – 39%)
Maths Literacy 4 (50% – 59%)
Recommended Senior Certificate subjects:
Design 3 (40% – 49%)
Submission of prescribed portfolio
In addition to the minimum admission requirements, applicants who live within a radius of 250 km of
Cape Town are required to attend a practical admission test, which takes place on campus. Details of
the practical test will be supplied on application. Applicants who live more than 250 km from Cape Town,
or who are residing outside South Africa when applying, are required to submit a prescribed portfolio of
written and practical work.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

NATIONAL DIPLOMA: THREE-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN

Assessment Type

Summative
Assessment

36 0.300

KUN100S

History of Art 1

12 0.100

BUT101S

Business Studies 1

12 0.100

TCN101S

Technology 1

HIN200S

History of Industrial Design 2

DSM200S

Design Media 2

PDE200S

Product Design 2

BUT201S

3
3

Subject Code

HEMIS Credit

Drawing for Design 1

SAQA Exit Credit

Design Studies 1

DFD100S

NQF Level

DNT100S

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

Compulsory or
Elective

Year/Sem Subject

Subject Name

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: ND3DDS

24 0.200

KUN100S

12 0.100

DFD100S

48 0.400

DNT100S

24 0.200

Business Studies 2

BUT101S

12 0.100

TCN201S

Technology 2

TCN101S

24 0.200

HIN300S

History of Industrial Design 3

HIN200S

12 0.100

DSM300S

Design Media 3

DSM200S

48 0.400

PDE300S

Product Design 3

PDE200S

36 0.300

BUT301S

Business Studies 3

BUT201S

12 0.100

TCN300S

Technology 3

TCN201S

12 0.100

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the National Diploma: 15
Promotion Criteria
A student registered for the National Diploma will be promoted to the next year of study, provided all
subjects for the year have been passed.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

Academic Exclusion Rules and Appeal Procedure
Exclusion rules
• Students who fail 50% or more of their subjects in any given year, or who fail any subject on the
same level twice, will not be re-admitted to the course.
• A student will be excluded if the qualification is not completed within the University’s prescribed
period of six registered years from the date of first registration.
Appeal procedure
Students who are excluded may submit a letter of appeal to the Departmental Exclusion Panel acting on
behalf of the Dean of the Faculty. Unresolved cases will be dealt with by the Faculty Panel, consisting
of the Dean and Departmental HODs. The letter must give detailed reasons for the lack of progress,
e.g.extenuating circumstances such as a death in the family, illness, etc and it must state what plans/
strategies will be put in place to ensure success in the course. A copy of the death certificate must be
attached if this is stated as the reason for the lack of progress.
In the event of a successful appeal, the student will be required to sign a performance contract and
certain conditions are usually attached. If the student is re-admitted and continues to neglect to display
academic progress to the satisfaction of the Department, the student will not be admitted for a further
year of study at the University.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

NATIONAL DIPLOMA: THREE-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN
(EXTENDED CURRICULUM PROGRAMME)
Duration: Full-time – four years (the first year is done over two years)
Venue:
Cape Town Campus
Course Aim
The Extended Curriculum Programme is the first year of study for the National Diploma in Threedimensional Design and is completed in a minimum of four years (the first year is done over two years).
The target group for the extended first year of study consists mostly of prospective students who have
applied for entry into the regular first year of study in one of the specialist design departments. These
applicants show appropriate potential for study in design but are not ready for entry into the regular first
year of study and are referred to the Extended Curriculum Programme. Students are nominated by the
relevant department if it is felt that they would benefit from the additional support. If accepted, these
students will be registered for the extended first year in the design discipline for which they originally
applied.
By the end of the Design Foundation Course students should have a fair idea of where their strengths
lie, and they should also be able to make an informed choice as to which design discipline they should
be entering for the regular first year of study. If they are better suited for study in another design
discipline than the one for which they are registered, they will be allowed to change their choice of
design discipline.
Career Opportunities
After qualifying, graduates become product designers with the competence to work independently as
designers, or work for industrial designers as niche skills specialists like CAD operators, model-makers
or illustrators.
Graduates are also employed as in-house designers for manufacturing companies, or in design-related
fields such as furniture design, special effects and props for the film industry.
Admission Requirements
Admission requirements are the same as for students in the three-year mainstream programme.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

ND: THREE-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN
(EXTENDED CURRICULUM PROGRAMME)
Assessment Type

0.225

Summative
Assessment

HEMIS Credit

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Subject Code

Year/Sem Subject

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: ND3DFX

Foundation year
0

DNT10SX

Design Studies 1A

5A 27

DRA10SX

Drawing for Design 1A

5A 27

0.225

HIS10SX

History of Art 1A

5A 9

0.075

BST10SX

Business Studies 1A

5A 9

0.075

TEC10SX

Technology 1A

5A 18

0.150

First year (Mainstream programme)
1

DNT100S

Design Studies 1

DNT10SX 5B 27

0.225

DFD100S

Drawing for Design 1

DRA10SX 5B 27

0.225

KUN100S

History of Art 1

HIS10SX

5B 9

0.075

BUT101S

Business Studies 1

BST10SX

5B 9

0.075

TCN101S

Technology 1

TEC10SX

5B 18

0.150

Second year (Mainstream programme)
2

HIN200S

History of Industrial Design 2

KUN100S 5

0.075

DSM200S

Design Media 2

DFD100S 5

0.300

PDE200S

Product Design 2

DNT100S 5

0.150

BUT201S

Business Studies 2

BUT101S

0.075

TCN201S

Technology 2

TCN101S 5

0.150

0.075

0.300

Third year (Mainstream programme)
3

HIN300S

History of Industrial Design 3

HIN200S

DSM300S

Design Media 3

DSM200S 6

PDE200S

0.150

BUT301S

Business Studies 3

BUT201S

0.075

TCN300S

Technology 3

TCN201S 6

0.150

NQF Level

Subject Code

Summative
Assessment

SAQA Exit Credit

Product Design 3

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

PDE300S

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Period of Study

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

Year/Sem Subject

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the National Diploma: 15

Academic Exclusion Rules and Appeal Procedure
The academic exclusion rules and appeal procedure are the same as that applicable to the
mainstream National Diploma programme.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

B TECH: INDUSTRIAL DESIGN
Duration: Full-time – one year
Part-time – two years
Venue:
Cape Town Campus
Course Aim
The course equips students with the knowledge and skills to compose and apply an appropriately
researched professional design process to problems related to mass-produced products, resulting in
proposals that take account of the desired function, all user aspects, environmental responsibilities and
cultural suitability.
Career Opportunities
This course is aimed at industrial designers who have the competence to handle industrial design
projects independently, who are self-employed or who work for an industrial design company.
Further employment opportunities exist as in-house designers for manufacturing companies, as niche
skills specialists like CAD operators, model makers or illustrators or in design-related fields such as
special effects and props for the film industry.
Admission Requirements
A National Diploma in Three-Dimensional Design (or a recognised equivalent qualification) with aboveaverage results is required, as well as a portfolio of design projects demonstrating three-dimensional
design competence at the appropriate level and applied to manufactured items.
Programme Structure
This is a research-based course in which the student is placed under the guidance of a supervisor who
will assist in both the practical and theoretical or written research components of the course.
Assessment
At the end of the period of study, the student must have completed a written report and a body of
work that will be exhibited on campus. A panel of staff, assisted by external moderators, will assess
the exhibition. Students must satisfy the external moderators that they have fulfilled the requirements
towards the degree.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

B TECH: INDUSTRIAL DESIGN

0.200 C

PDE400S

Product Design 4

None

0.600 C

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

None

HEMIS Credit

None

SAQA Exit Credit

Professional Practice

NQF Level

Design Theory

PFP400S

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

DGN400S

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Year/Sem Subject

Subject Code

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: BTIDDN

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the B Tech degree: 3

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

M TECH: INDUSTRIAL DESIGN
Duration: A minimum of one calendar year full-time or two consecutive calendar years part-time and a
maximum of five years, after which time the candidate will not be allowed to re-register or continue with
his/her studies. Students who wish to interrupt their studies must apply to the Senate on the prescribed
application form that is available on the University’s website.
Venue:

Cape Town Campus

Course Aim
Graduates develop the knowledge and skills required to conduct independent research in industrial
design and to contribute significantly to knowledge production through the understanding, application
and evaluation of existing and new knowledge.
The Faculty offers reputable post-graduate design qualifications at Masters and Doctoral level. The Master
of Technology (M Tech) and Doctor of Technology (D Tech) in the Design Programmes place emphasis on
applied research that addresses challenges facing society in a diverse development milieu. By building
on undergraduate foundations in Communication/Graphic Design, Industrial/Product Design, Interior
Design, Fashion Design, Surface Design, Jewellery Design and Photography, candidates in the Masters
programme often select topics that grapple with complex design problems. The socially conscious ethos
encourages research in fields such as Design for Development, Design for Sustainability, Interaction
Design, Participatory Design, Universal Design and User-Experience Design.
The Masters degree can be obtained through a full (100%) thesis or a mini-dissertation/part practical
output (50–50) qualification, while a full (100%) thesis is required for the Doctoral programmes.
Career Opportunities
Graduates can follow a career in research and development in the industry, or be employed at research
institutes. They are also employed in teaching and research positions in higher education institutions.
Admission Requirements
A B Tech: Industrial Design or a recognised equivalent qualification.
Approval by Higher Degrees Committee
The title of the dissertation/thesis, as well as the names and qualifications of the appointed supervisors,
must be approved by the Higher Degrees Committee before a student can commence with his/her
studies.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

M TECH: INDUSTRIAL DESIGN

R5DS01R

Thesis

None

120

1.000 C

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Year/Sem Subject

Subject Code

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: MTINDR

N/A

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the M Tech degree: 1

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

D TECH DESIGN: INDUSTRIAL DESIGN
Duration: A minimum of two calendar year full-time or two consecutive calendar years part-time and a
maximum of six years, after which time the candidate will not be allowed to re-register or continue with
his/her studies. Students who wish to interrupt their studies must apply to the Senate on the prescribed
application form that is available on the University’s website.
Venue:

Cape Town Campus

Course Aim
Graduates develop the knowledge and skills required to conduct independent research in industrial
design and to contribute significantly to knowledge production through the understanding, application
and evaluation of existing and new knowledge.
The Faculty offers reputable post-graduate design qualifications at Masters and Doctoral level. The Master
of Technology (M Tech) and Doctor of Technology (D Tech) in the Design Programmes place emphasis on
applied research that addresses challenges facing society in a diverse development milieu. By building
on undergraduate foundations in Communication/Graphic Design, Industrial/Product Design, Interior
Design, Fashion Design, Surface Design, Jewellery Design and Photography, candidates in the Masters
programme often select topics that grapple with complex design problems. The socially conscious ethos
encourages research in fields such as Design for Development, Design for Sustainability, Interaction
Design, Participatory Design, Universal Design and User-Experience Design.
The Masters degree can be obtained through a full (100%) thesis or a mini-dissertation/part practical
output (50–50) qualification, while a full (100%) thesis is required for the Doctoral programmes.
Career Opportunities
Graduates can follow a career in research and development in the industry, or be employed at research
institutes. They are also employed in teaching and research positions in higher education institutions.
Admission Requirements
An M Tech: Industrial Design or a recognised equivalent qualification.
Approval by Higher Degrees Committee
The title of the dissertation/thesis, as well as the names and qualifications of the appointed supervisors,
must be approved by the Higher Degrees Committee before a student can commence with his/her
studies.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

D TECH: INDUSTRIAL DESIGN

R6ID01R

Thesis

None

120

1.000 C

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Year/Sem Subject

Subject Code

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: DTDESR

N/A

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the M Tech degree: 1

Academic Exclusion Rules
During the first and every subsequent year of study, the student must demonstrate academic activity to
the satisfaction of the University. A student shall be excluded from and refused re-registration for the
course if, in the opinion of the supervisor/s and the Faculty Board, the student fails to maintain progress
in his/her studies or research project.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

CORE SYLLABI FOR THE NATIONAL DIPLOMA:
INDUSTRIAL DESIGN
Please note that the details below are a summarised version of the syllabus. Please refer to the individual
subject guides for more detail.

Business Studies 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course outline: Business is an important aspect of design courses and introduces students to the principles of
economics, business administration and entrepreneurship. The programme is stepped throughout the three-year
course to help students gain insight into common business practices and starting their own design business.
Various fields are covered in this course, with the focus in the first year on entrepreneurship as practised in
design.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Business Studies 2
Pre-requisites: Business Studies 1
Course outline: Business is an important aspect of design courses and introduces students to the principles of
economics, business administration and entrepreneurship. The programme is stepped throughout the three-year
course to help students gain insight into common business practices and starting their own design business.
Business Studies 2 covers a diverse field of business principles that include marketing, human resources,
financial statements and how to write a business plan.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Business Studies 3
Pre-requisites: Business Studies 2
Course outline: Business is an important aspect of design courses and introduces students to the principles of
economics, business administration and entrepreneurship. The programme is stepped throughout the three-year
course to help students gain insight into common business practices and starting their own design business.
In the third year Business Studies focuses on entrepreneurial studies and the analysis of design products for
marketing and promotional purposes.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

Design Studies 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course outline: Design Studies 1 focuses on design principles relating to 2D and 3D design. Three-dimensional
design projects during the year cover elements and principles of design in a variety of materials and processes.
Two-dimensional projects cover elements and principles of typography, layout and colour applications in a
variety of media. Part of a professional designer’s job is to discuss and present their work and to communicate
successfully with their clients.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Design Media 2
Pre-requisites: Drawing for Design 1
Course outline: Design Media 2 consists of technical specification, illustration and digital competencies.
Students will further their skills in technical drawing, both with manual and digital instruments. They will learn
to produce accurately rendered illustrations of their designs through a series of targeted exercises and practice.
They will also learn to use digital tools to support their design work.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Design Media 3
Pre-requisites: Design Media 2
Course outline: Design Media 3 is a development of skills acquired in Design Media 2. Engineering drawing,
technical specification, illustration and digital competencies are still components, as well as the role and
development of communication skills. Digital skills and software knowledge in these subject are developed as
part of the course.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Drawing For Design 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course outline: Drawing for Design 1 consists of three separate fields, viz freehand drawing, technical drawing
and perspective drawing, and focuses on the representation of 3D reality in a 2D format. What students will learn
from the drawing projects is to observe reality. Students will develop an understanding of how light influences
the appearance of objects. The course will develop students’ conceptual and visualisation skills which are vital
to a designer.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

100

History Of Art 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course outline: The first year history course concentrates on the history of art and design in Europe, Britain and
the East, from antiquity to the end of the nineteenth century. Modules include Ancient Civilisations, the Middle
Ages and Islam, the Renaissance and Enlightenment, the Industrial Revolution and the influence of the East. The
primary aim of this course is to stimulate a critical awareness of art and design history from a multi-cultural
perspective and to stress the importance of placing design within a social, economic and political context.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

History Of Industrial Design 2
Pre-requisites: History of Art 1
Course outline: The purpose of this course is to develop students’ understanding of the chronological development
of movements and styles, the rationale being that students will have a clear indication when the different periods
occurred, making it easier to situate historically and critically analyse and compare. It covers the following topics,
viz Art & Craft and Art Nouveau, the Avant Garde, the Vienna Secession, the Werkbund and the Bauhaus, the
International style, the Art Deco style, Post-war design, Post-modernism and Deconstruction.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

History Of Industrial Design 3
Pre-requisites: History of Industrial Design 2
Course outline: The third year of study is a critical evaluation of design theory and modern interpretations
of existing concepts, including design thinking. The course is academic and focuses on discussion and small
research group activities. Students are introduced to two new project formats, viz the research proposal and
the research report. Students will be required to investigate the development of industrial design as a research
discipline.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Product Design 2
Pre-requisites: Design Studies 1
Course outline: Product Design 2 concentrates on the application of industrial processes to achieve the desired
form and function. Students will be required to deal with the reality of three-dimensional objects, their function,
form and finish and by the end of the course they will have developed an awareness of the design process and
the necessary skills to apply that knowledge in the solution of various design problems. These skills will include
prototyping and production drawings within the context of metal, plastic, wood and ceramic technologies.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

101

Product Design 3
Pre-requisites: Product Design 2
Course outline: Product Design 3 continues with the investigation of industrial processes to achieve the desired
forms and function of various products. A focus at third year level is the integration of industry requirements into
the curriculum. For this reason the curriculum is quite fluid as it incorporates opportunities to work with industry
counterparts. Students need to deal with the reality of three-dimensional objects, their function, form and finish,
as well as real-time deadlines.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Technology 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course outline: Technology 1 is an introductory course, where the students are introduced to various materials
and related manufacturing processes. Materials discussed are mostly linked to the projects undertaken in 3D
design (part of Design Studies 1), which allows for first- hand experience of the material and processes. The
properties and applications of materials are discussed. Students will be required to formulate materials research
in files. Material categories include cardboard and paper, timber, metals, ceramics and plastics.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Technology 2
Pre-requisites: Technology 1
Course outline: Technology 2 concentrates on the industrial manufacturing processes for various materials:
how things are done and what the consequences are when designing with those materials. he subject covers a
wide variety of materials and is integrated to a large extent with Product Design 2 through the application of the
knowledge gained. Regular factory visits give an insight into the realities of designing in the industry.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Technology 3
Pre-requisites: Technology 2
Course outline: Technology 3 concentrates on tooling necessary for manufacturing and the consequent
limitations on the design of components. It elaborates on finishing processes and expands on more advanced
moulding techniques. It explores advanced computer-based technologies in manufacturing. There is also a
focus on emerging technologies and how it influences design and global concerns. The course aims to develop
awareness of global concerns and how design and technology can be forces of change. The theory of technologies
is investigated, producing future trends based on established technological innovations of the past.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

102

CORE SYLLABI FOR THE EXTENDED CURRICULUM
PROGRAMME: THREE-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN
Please note that the details below are a summarised version of the syllabus. Please refer to the individual
subject guides for more detail.

Three-Dimensional Design (Industrial Design)
Pre-requisites: None
Course outline: Students will learn to develop products in different materials applying the design process,
consisting of self-research, development of concept drawings, the use of technical drawings and 3D prototypes.
They will create a positive pattern for a mould that could be used for mass production. For this they design and
make a cardboard construction for a low relief ceramic tile suitable for use as a border pattern. They will design
and construct 3D slot-together structures, making puzzles for children out of Corex, a plastic laminated card.
Students will then do a packaging exercise, constructing a box and lid in cardboard from accurate technical
drawings with strict specifications.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

103

Course Description For Theory Subjects
Pre-requisites: None
Course outline: As set out below.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

History of Art & Design 1

Design & Visual Literacy

Communication & Literacy (including Language Skills)

Professional Business Practice (Life Skills, Computer Skills & Numeracy)
Life skills

This course includes various life skills and study skills workshops to help students develop the kind of individual
and academic competencies and attitudes needed for successful learning on a first year academic level.

Computer skills

Basic computer literacy is offered in order to familiarise students with the current frameworks of technology. This
knowledge will be further developed into word processing and presentation package skills in order to empower
students to successfully utilise these resources.

Numeracy skills

The numeracy course consists of four modules designed to give the students a practical understanding of
numeracy as it relates to various facets of life. The modules include a variety of topics such as area and volume,
data processing and probability, as well as financial aspects such as interest rates, inflation and exchange rates.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

104

CORE SYLLABI FOR THE B TECH:
INDUSTRIAL DESIGN
Please note that the details below are a summarised version of the syllabus. Please refer to the individual
subject guides for more detail.

DESIGN THEORY 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course outline: Students must be able to understand the research process and be in a position to prepare
a research proposal. This is then extended into a dissertation supporting the practical component. The final
written document should show a scholarly theoretical and critical approach. It should demonstrate theoretical
understanding – paying particular attention to the research problem, research questions (aims), the literature
review and the methodology (method), and evaluate the outcome (conclusion). It should also demonstrate insight
– showing a penetrating capacity which reflects critical insight, and both understanding and an ability to discern
underlying meanings. The dissertation should also prove relevance (suitability and applicability to a particular
issue/context), as well as curiosity and a spirit of enquiry, an ability to work both independently and collaboratively,
and personal development and creative problem solving.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

PRODUCT DESIGN 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course outline: A number of teaching methods will be employed, including individual consultation with lecturers,
group learning, peer review and interaction between students and lecturers during the presentation of projects. In
addition, students will be expected to establish links with practising designers and craft people, attend workshops
and trade exhibitions and build up industry contact. Projects will consist of various modules related to design,
i.e. research, drawing concepts, trend, presentation, communication, media, economic techniques, practical
application and new developments.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course outline: Evaluate opportunities and threats in the national and international fashion markets. Develop
and present a business plan for an industrial or related business. Research, identify and analyse various industrial
marketing opportunities in South African and internationally. Design marketing strategies for various identified
markets. Plan the implementation of the marketing programme.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

105

NATIONAL DIPLOMA: JEWELLERY DESIGN &
MANUFACTURE
Duration: Full-time – three years
Venue:
Cape Town Campus
Course Aim
The aim of the course is to prepare students for the emerging South African jewellery industry in
managerial, marketing and manufacturing capacities, while fostering a South African design ethic that
does not rely on mass plagiarism of imported images.
The course has the following objectives:
• To draw on historical studies which heighten design awareness
• To develop skills to communicate design intention
• To develop technical skills to manufacture jewellery from preparation of metals through to final
finishing
• To instil good workshop practice
• To develop applied drawing and illustration techniques.
Career Opportunities
Students who have qualified can work as a goldsmith, design and create original models for jewellery
manufacturers for mass production, manage the workshop of a jewellery manufacturer, become a
jewellery designer in a jewellery studio, become a salesperson or manager in the jewellery retail industry,
design or manufacture theatre or costume jewellery, become a buyer for large jewellery chain stores,
evaluate jewellery items, repair jewellery items, manage a design boutique/studio, start a jewellery
design and manufacturing business.
Admission Requirements
Required Senior Certificate subjects:
Home Language 4 (50% – 59%)*
First Additional Language 3 (40% – 49%)*
One of these languages shall be English or Afrikaans*
Mathematics 2 (30% – 39%)
Maths Literacy 4 (50% – 59%)
Recommended Senior Certificate subjects:
Design 3 (40% – 49%)

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

106

Submission of prescribed portfolio
In addition to the minimum admission requirements, applicants who live within a radius of 250 km of
Cape Town are required to attend a practical admission test, which takes place on campus. Details of
the practical test will be supplied on application. Applicants who live more than 250 km from Cape Town,
or who are residing outside South Africa when applying, are required to submit a prescribed portfolio of
written and practical work.

ND: JEWELLERY DESIGN & MANUFACTURE

36
24
36
0
12
12
36
24
36
0
12
12
36
24
36
0
12
12

0.300
0.200
0.300
0.000
0.100
0.100
0.300
0.200
0.300
0.000
0.100
0.100
0.300
0.200
0.300
0.000
0.100
0.100

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the National Diploma: 12

Summative
Assessment

6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

Assessment Type

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes
None
None
None
None
None
None
JED100S
JDR100S
JTQ100S
JTH100M
None
JTH100B
JED200S
JDR200S
JTQ200S
JTH200M
None
None

HEMIS Credit

C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C

SAQA Exit Credit

Jewellery Design1
Jewellery Drawing 1
Jewellery Techniques 1
Jewellery Theory 1
Metallurgy
Business Studies 1
Jewellery Design 2
Jewellery Drawing 2
Jewellery Techniques 2
Jewellery Theory 2
History of Jewellery
Business Studies 2
Jewellery Design 3
Jewellery Drawing 3
Jewellery Techniques 3
Jewellery Theory 3
Gemmology Practical 3
Gemmology Theory 3

NQF Level

JED100S
JDR100S
JTQ100S
JTH100M
JTH100A
JTH100B
JED200S
JDR200S
JTQ200S
JTH200M
JTH200A
JTH200B
JED300S
JDR300S
JTQ300S
JTH300M
JTH300A
JTH300B

Compulsory or
Elective

Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y

Subject Name

Year/Sem Subject

1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3

Subject Code

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: NDJEWD

C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C

Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

107

Promotion Criteria
A student will be promoted to the next year of study, provided that all subjects are passed in the year
concerned.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

108

NATIONAL DIPLOMA: JEWELLERY DESIGN &
MANUFACTURE
(EXTENDED CURRICULUM PROGRAMME)
Duration: Full-time – four years (the first year is done over two years)
Venue:
Cape Town Campus
Course Aim
The Extended Curriculum Programme is the first year of study for the National Diploma in Jewellery
Design and is completed in a minimum of four years (the first year is done over two years).
The target group for the extended first year of study consists mostly of prospective students who have
applied for entry into the regular first year of study in one of the specialist design departments. These
applicants show appropriate potential for study in design but are not ready for entry into the regular first
year of study and are referred to the Extended Curriculum Programme. Students are nominated by the
relevant department if it is felt that they would benefit from the additional support. If accepted, these
students will be registered for the extended first year in the design discipline for which they originally
applied.
By the end of the Design Foundation Course students should have a fair idea of where their strengths
lie, and they should also be able to make an informed choice as to which design discipline they should
be entering for the regular first year of study. If they are better suited for study in another design
discipline than the one for which they are registered, they will be allowed to change their choice of
design discipline.
Career Opportunities
Students who qualified can work as a goldsmith, design and create original models for jewellery
manufacturers for mass production, manage the workshop of a jewellery manufacturer, become a
jewellery designer in a jewellery studio, become a salesperson or manager in the jewellery retail industry,
design or manufacture theatre or costume jewellery, become a buyer for large jewellery chain stores,
evaluate jewellery items, repair jewellery items, manage a design boutique/studio, start a jewellery
design and manufacturing business.
Admission Requirements
Admission requirements are the same as for students in the three-year mainstream programme.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

109

ND: JEWELLERY DESIGN & MANUFACTURE
(EXTENDED CURRICULUM PROGRAMME)
Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Subject Code

Year/Sem Subject

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: NDJDFX

Foundation year
0

JED10SX

Jewellery Design 1A

5A 27

0.225

JDR10SX

Jewellery Drawing 1A

5A 18

0.150

0.225

JTQ10SX

Jewellery Techniques 1A

5A 27

JET10MX

Jewellery Theory 1A

JET10BX

Business Studies 1A

5A 9

0.075

JET10AX

Metallurgy 1A

5A 9

0.075

5B 27

0.225

First year (Mainstream programme)
1

JED100S

Jewellery Design 1

JED10SX

JDR100S

Jewellery Drawing 1

JDR10SX

5B 18

0.150

JTQ100S

Jewellery Techniques 1

JTQ10SX

5B 27

0.225

JET100M

Jewellery Theory 1

JET10MX

JTH100A

Metallurgy

JET10AX

5B 9

0.075

JTH100B

Business Studies 1

JET10BX

5B 9

0.075

JED100S

0.225

Second year (Mainstream programme)
2

JED200S

Jewellery Design 2

JDR200S

Jewellery Drawing 2

JDR100S

0.150

JTQ200S

Jewellery Techniques 2

JTQ100S

0.225

JTH200M

Jewellery Theory 2

JET100M 5

JTH200A

History of Jewellery

0.075

JTH200B

Business Studies 2

0.075

JTH100B

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

110

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Subject Code

Year/Sem Subject

Period of Study

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

Third year (Mainstream programme)
3

JED300S

Jewellery Design 3

JED200S

0.225 C

JDR300S

Jewellery Drawing 3

JDR200S

0.150 C

JTQ300S

Jewellery Techniques 3

JTQ200S

0.225 C

JTH300M

Jewellery Theory 3

JTH200M 6

JTH300A

Gemmology Practical 3

0.075 C

JTH300B

Gemmology Theory 3

0.075 C

Number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the National Diploma: 12

Academic Exclusion Rules and Appeal Procedure
The academic exclusion rules and appeal procedure are the same as that applicable to the mainstream
National Diploma programme.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

111

B TECH: JEWELLERY DESIGN & MANUFACTURE
Duration: Full-time – one year
Part-time – two years
Venue:
Cape Town Campus
Course Aim
Graduates must produce a cohesive body of creative work that is a synthesis of technology, problemsolving and the application of research methodology. The course equips the graduate with current
technological knowledge in the field of computer-aided design and associated manufacturing processes.
Graduates must demonstrate the ability to co-ordinate and conduct research and development in a
specialised area of design and/or technology in the field of jewellery design and manufacture. These
skills, coupled with a deeper understanding of the implications of design thinking, will contribute to the
development of the local jewellery industry within the global context.
Career Opportunities
Students who qualified can work as a goldsmith, design and create original models for jewellery
manufacturers for mass production, manage the workshop of a jewellery manufacturer, become a
jewellery designer in a jewellery studio, become a salesperson or manager in the jewellery retail industry,
design or manufacture theatre or costume jewellery, become a buyer for large jewellery chain stores,
evaluate jewellery items, repair jewellery items, manage a design boutique/studio, start a jewellery
design and manufacturing business.
Admission Requirements
A National Diploma in Jewellery Design & Manufacture (or a recognised equivalent qualification) is
required. Prospective students should have achieved above-average results in the final year of the
National Diploma and they must submit a portfolio of practical work.
Programme Structure
This is a research-based course in which the student is placed under the guidance of a supervisor who
will assist in both the practical and theoretical or written research components of the course.
Assessment
At the end of the period of study, the student must have completed a written report and a body of
work that will be exhibited on campus. A panel of staff, assisted by external moderators, will assess
the exhibition. Students must satisfy the external moderators that they have fulfilled the requirements
towards the degree.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

112

B TECH: JEWELLERY DESIGN & MANUFACTURE
Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

JTH400S

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Jewellery Design &
Manufacture 4
Jewellery Theory 4

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

JDM400S

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Subject Code

Period of Study

Year/Sem Subject

Qualification Code: BTJEWD

None

0.800 C

None

0.200 C

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the B Tech degree: 2

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

113

M TECH DESIGN: JEWELLERY DESIGN &
MANUFACTURE
Duration: A minimum of one calendar year full-time or two consecutive calendar years part-time and a
maximum of five years, after which time the candidate will not be allowed to re-register or continue with
his/her studies. Students who wish to interrupt their studies must apply to the Senate on the prescribed
application form that is available on the University’s website.
Venue:

Cape Town Campus

Course Aim
Graduates develop the knowledge and skills required to conduct independent research in jewellery
design and to contribute significantly to knowledge production through the understanding, application
and evaluation of existing and new knowledge.
The Faculty offers reputable post-graduate design qualifications at Masters and Doctoral level. The Master
of Technology (M Tech) and Doctor of Technology (D Tech) in the Design Programmes place emphasis on
applied research that addresses challenges facing society in a diverse development milieu. By building
on undergraduate foundations in Communication/Graphic Design, Industrial/Product Design, Interior
Design, Fashion Design, Surface Design, Jewellery Design and Photography, candidates in the Masters
programme often select topics that grapple with complex design problems. The socially conscious ethos
encourages research in fields such as Design for Development, Design for Sustainability, Interaction
Design, Participatory Design, Universal Design and User-Experience Design.
The Masters degree can be obtained through a full (100%) thesis or a mini-dissertation/part practical
output (50–50) qualification, while a full (100%) thesis is required for the Doctoral programmes.
Career Opportunities
Graduates can follow a career in research and development in the industry, or be employed at research
institutes. They are also employed in teaching and research positions in higher education institutions.
Admission Requirements
A B Tech: Jewellery Design & Manufacture or a recognised equivalent qualification.
Approval by Higher Degrees Committee
The title of the dissertation/thesis, as well as the names and qualifications of the appointed supervisors,
must be approved by the Higher Degrees Committee before a student can commence with his/her
studies.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

114

M TECH DESIGN: JEWELLERY DESIGN &
MANUFACTURE

R5JD01R

Thesis

None

120

1.000 C

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Subject Code

Year/Sem Subject

Period of Study

Qualification Code: MTDESR

n/a

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the M Tech degree: 1

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

115

D TECH DESIGN: JEWELLERY DESIGN &
MANUFACTURE
Duration: A minimum of two calendar year full-time or two consecutive calendar years part-time and a
maximum of six years, after which time the candidate will not be allowed to re-register or continue with
his/her studies. Students who wish to interrupt their studies must apply to the Senate on the prescribed
application form that is available on the University’s website.
Venue:

Cape Town Campus

Course Aim
Graduates develop the knowledge and skills required to conduct independent research in jewellery
design and to contribute significantly to knowledge production through the understanding, application
and evaluation of existing and new knowledge.
The Faculty offers reputable post-graduate design qualifications at Masters and Doctoral level. The Master
of Technology (M Tech) and Doctor of Technology (D Tech) in the Design Programmes place emphasis on
applied research that addresses challenges facing society in a diverse development milieu. By building
on undergraduate foundations in Communication/Graphic Design, Industrial/Product Design, Interior
Design, Fashion Design, Surface Design, Jewellery Design and Photography, candidates in the Masters
programme often select topics that grapple with complex design problems. The socially conscious ethos
encourages research in fields such as Design for Development, Design for Sustainability, Interaction
Design, Participatory Design, Universal Design and User-Experience Design.
The Masters degree can be obtained through a full (100%) thesis or a mini-dissertation/part practical
output (50–50) qualification, while a full (100%) thesis is required for the Doctoral programmes.
Career Opportunities
Graduates can follow a career in research and development in the industry, or be employed at research
institutes. They are also employed in teaching and research positions in higher education institutions.
Admission Requirements
An M Tech Design: Jewellery Design & Manufacture or a recognised equivalent qualification.
Approval by Higher Degrees Committee
The title of the dissertation/thesis, as well as the names and qualifications of the appointed supervisors,
must be approved by the Higher Degrees Committee before a student can commence with his/her
studies.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

116

R6JD01R

Thesis

None

120

1.000 C

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Subject Code

Year/Sem Subject

Period of Study

D TECH DESIGN: JEWELLERY DESIGN &
MANUFACTURE
Qualification Code: DTDESR

n/a

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the M Tech degree: 1

Academic Exclusion Rules
During the first and every subsequent year of study, the student must demonstrate academic activity to
the satisfaction of the University. A student shall be excluded from and refused re-registration for the
course if, in the opinion of the supervisor/s and the Faculty Board, the student fails to maintain progress
in his/her studies or research project.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

117

CORE SYLLABI FOR THE NATIONAL DIPLOMA:
JEWELLERY DESIGN & MANUFACTURE
Please note that the details below are a summarised version of the syllabus. Please refer to the individual
subject guides for more detail.

Jewellery Design 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course outline: To teach students the basic principles and elements of jewellery design and to expose students
to drawing and presentation drawing. One design project is done per cycle, based on the concurrent level of
technical development and exposure to history of design.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Jewellery Design 2
Pre-requisites: Jewellery Design 1
Course outline: To build and expand on the basis established in the first year of the course. To develop the
students’ understanding of historical and contemporary design concepts. More advanced use of basic design
elements. Colour in jewellery. Various forms of jewellery, e.g. pendants, necklaces, rings, ear studs, earrings, belt
buckles, etc..
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Jewellery Design 3
Pre-requisites: Jewellery Design 2
Course outline: To expand the student’s knowledge and understanding of design history and concepts through
research. To develop the students’ individual skills in a way that is relevant to contemporary design and society.
Exploring design possibilities in individual wax modelling for casting, e.g. sculptural design.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

118

Jewellery Drawing 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course outline: To teach students the basics of observation, proportion, perspective, etc. To introduce students to
freehand rendering. To introduce students to technical drawing as applied to jewellery design. To enable students
to visualise drawing as a communication medium through presentation drawing, in order to sell their designs and
the use of tones, etc. to show surface qualities.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Jewellery Drawing 2
Pre-requisites: Jewellery Drawing 1
Course outline: To refine students’ understanding and control of perspective, observation, proportion and tone.
To introduce students to advanced rendering techniques. One project is done per cycle, based on the design
project for the cycle. Presentation drawing of items of jewellery using various graphic techniques
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Jewellery Drawing 3
Pre-requisites: Jewellery Drawing 2
Course Outline: To refine and hone the students’ rendering skills to a level acceptable to the trade. To initiate the
development of specific specialised techniques in individual students. Presentation drawings of jewellery design
using various graphic techniques. Emphasis is on well-balanced, simple layouts, with appeal and impact.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Jewellery Techniques 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: To provide students with a sound technical background. An in-depth study of simple construction
methods. To prepare the students to work at a jeweller’s bench and to master the disciplines taught in a jewellery
workshop, as well as those pertaining to metallurgy. Students are trained to manufacture a piece in direct relation
to jewellery design, i.e. to make a three-dimensional item in metal and related precious materials from the twodimensional confines of drawings and presentation drawings. Instruction in the basic principles of construction,
applying the techniques of sawing, filing, cutting, riveting wire bending, soldering and simple mounting of coloured
stones.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

119

Jewellery Techniques 2
Pre-requisites: Jewellery Techniques 1
Course Outline: To refine the skills acquired in the first year. Introduction of more specialised manufacturing
techniques such as hollow construction, tool-making, surface enhancement and mass production. Construction
of designs based on historical or contemporary concepts. Techniques for enamelling. Different methods of
assembling brooches, bracelets and other items of jewellery, e.g. charnier joints, links and hinges, etc. The
techniques of melt-on metal surfaces, reticulation and molcume. Techniques for stone mounting of round, oval,
square, rectangular and eight-angled stones.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Jewellery Techniques 3
Pre-requisites: Jewellery Techniques 2
Course outline: Continuing refinement of previously taught skills. Introduction to special manufacturing processes
like different forms of casting, plating, setting, etc. Construction of designs originating from design and/or drawing
projects. Introduction to the process of lost-wax casting (manually). Modelling in wax for mass production. Mouldmaking for mass production. Techniques for plating and electroforming. Various techniques for setting stones and
engraving. Techniques for beading work, applying beading tools, etc..
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

JEWELLERY THEORY 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: This course comprises two modules, Metallurgy and Business Studies.
Metallurgy
Workshop practice and application of jewellery tools, acids and chemicals, safety and precautions, internal
structures and working properties of different metals. Surface techniques on metals. Mass production, alloys,
assaying and recovery of scrap metals.
Business Studies
Small business structure, advertising and marketing financial information, retail/workshop environment and
costing. Business entities, Occupational Health and Labour laws, intellectual property rights.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

120

Jewellery Theory 2
Pre-requisites: Jewellery Theory 1
Course Outline: This course comprises two modules, History of Jewellery and Business Studies 2. Students are
required to pass each module with 50% before they will be given a credit for Jewellery Theory 2.
History of Jewellery
Developments in the manufacturing of jewellery, gem cutting, innovations, exploration, mining and
social developments. An overview of Western cultural history, medieval, Byzantine, Renaissance,
Mannerism, Baroque, Rococo, Neo-Classicism, Romanticism, nineteenth century, twentieth
century. Principal jewellers and their patrons.
Business Studies 2
Basic bookkeeping, personal expense account, entrepreneur account. Group projects. Presentation
of retail/workshop portfolio for business plan applications. Banks and the Department of Trade and
Industry (accounts, loans, funding). Business plan and registration of a business entity and
intellectual property rights.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Jewellery Theory 3
Pre-requisites: Jewellery Theory 2
Course outline: Jewellery Theory 3 is concerned with the study of gemmology. The course is divided into two
modules, Gemmology Theory and Gemmology Practical.
Gemmology Theory 3
To provide students with a sound knowledge of the processes of gem identification as applicable to the jewellery
industry. To provide students with a basic knowledge of the physical, structural and other properties of gems, the
nature of gemstones, chemical properties of gemstones and an introduction to imitation and synthetic gemstones
Gemmology Practical 3
Students are required to pass a practical examination at the end of the third year. This includes hydrostatic
weighing of gemstones, testing of stones with instruments in order to gradually familiarise the student with
laboratory testing practice.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

121

CORE SYLLABI FOR THE EXTENDED CURRICULUM
PROGRAMME: JEWELLERY DESIGN &
MANUFACTURE
Please note that the details below are a summarised version of the syllabus. Please refer to the individual
subject guides for more detail.

Drawing
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Drawing is fundamental to design and is embedded in all the design subjects as part of the
design process. Drawing is also taught as a separate subject that is divided into figure drawing and object
drawing. These two components are equally weighted and each accounts for 50% of the final mark in drawing.
Through figure and object drawing students are encouraged to develop observational, perceptual and conceptual
skills and to carry these into the study of their design subjects.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Three-Dimensional Design (Jewellery Design)
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Students will be introduced to drawing techniques used in Jewellery Design, such as working
to scale, using a grid and making carefully rendered presentation drawings in pencil and in colour using colour
pencil crayons. They will develop different jewellery designs and manufacture these using appropriate technology.
Students will learn to carve, work in relief, cut brass plates, recycle found materials and use various wire work
techniques. They will also make use of lost wax casting and learn to smelt, pour, sand and file metals such as
copper and silver.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

122

Course Description For Theory Subjects
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: As set out below.

History of Art & Design 1

Design & Visual Literacy

Communication & Literacy (including Language Skills)

Computer skills
Basic computer literacy is offered in order to familiarise students with the current frameworks of technology. This
knowledge will be further developed into word processing and presentation package skills in order to empower
students to successfully utilise these resources.

Numeracy skills
The numeracy course consists of four modules designed to give the students a practical understanding of
numeracy as it relates to various facets of life. The modules include a variety of topics such as area and volume,
data processing and probability, as well as financial aspects such as interest rates, inflation and exchange rates.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

123

CORE SYLLABI FOR THE B TECH: JEWELLERY
DESIGN & MANUFACTURE
Please note that the details below are a summarised version of the syllabus. Please refer to the individual
subject guides for more detail.

Jewellery Design & Manufacture 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The course expand on the previous three years’ design with emphasis on one or two directions,
viz (a) design as a personal expression emphasising the artist as an individual or (b) the creation of jewellery for
commercial purposes, following the latest design trends. The choice of (a) or (b) is linked to the manufacture of
the pieces required to be made in Jewellery Techniques & Practical 4, i.e. the design direction chosen is linked
to a minimum of two of the following jewellery techniques: the hand-making of high quality jewellery pieces at
the jeweller’s bench; the reproduction of models for casting and mass production; the use of rolling methods in
patterning metals; the finer points of filigree and the extension of mounting and engraving techniques.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Jewellery Theory 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: To understand the research process and be in a position to prepare a research proposal. This
is then extended into a dissertation supporting the practical component. The final written document should show
a scholarly theoretical and critical approach. It should demonstrate theoretical understanding – paying particular
attention to the research problem, research questions (aims), the literature review and the methodology (method),
and evaluate the outcome (conclusion). It should also demonstrate insight – showing a penetrating capacity which
reflects critical insight, and both understanding and an ability to discern underlying meanings. The dissertation
should also prove relevance (suitability and applicability to a particular issue/context), as well as curiosity and a
spirit of enquiry, an ability to work both independently and collaboratively, and personal development and creative
problem solving.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

124

NATIONAL DIPLOMA: SURFACE DESIGN
Duration: Full-time – three years
Venue:
Cape Town Campus
Course Aim
The course is a three-year broad-based qualification with the aim of training students to be aware
of, and to remain constantly in touch with, the ever-changing pulse of the textile design and lifestyle
industries.
The course is the platform for further study towards the B Tech degree in Surface Design, which is
awarded after a further year of study and allows for research and specialisation in a chosen field.
Surface Design encompasses a wide range of surface applications. While the course is structured
to afford the most suitable preparation for entry into the textile design and lifestyle industries, it also
exposes students to surface applications such as gift-wrap, wallpaper, fashion textiles, home textiles,
carpet design as well as surface design on ceramics, glass, wood, plastics, steel and automobile fabrics.
Career Opportunities
The course prepares students for careers in fashion, interior, surface and lifestyle design industries.
Admission Requirements
Required Senior Certificate subjects:
Home Language 4 (50% – 59%)*
First Additional Language 3 (40% – 49%)*
One of these languages shall be English or Afrikaans*
Mathematics 2 (30% – 39%)
Maths Literacy 4 (50% – 59%)
Recommended Senior Certificate subjects:
Design 3 (40% – 49%)
Submission of prescribed portfolio
In addition to the minimum admission requirements, applicants who live within a radius of 250 km of
Cape Town are required to attend a practical admission test, which takes place on campus. Details of
the practical test will be supplied on application. Applicants who live more than 250 km from Cape Town,
or who are residing outside South Africa when applying, are required to submit a prescribed portfolio of
written and practical work.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

125

ND: SURFACE DESIGN

None

0.100 C

None

0.300 C

SDE100S

Surface Design 1

None

0.300 C

PYS100S

Preparatory Studies 1

None

0.200 C

SDS100S

Surface & Design Studies 1

None

0.100 C

SDP200S

Surface Design Practice 2

SDP100S 5

0.100 C

SDT200S

Surface Design Technology 2

SDT100S

0.300 C

SDE200S

Surface Design 2

SDE100S

0.300 C

PYS200S

Preparatory Studies 2

PYS100S

0.200 C

SDS200S

Surface & Design Studies 2

SDS100S 5

0.100 C

SDP300S

Surface Design Practice 3

SDP200S 6

0.100 C

SDT300S

Surface Design Technology 3

SDT200S

0.300 C

SDE300S

Surface Design 3

SDE200S

0.300 C

PYS300S

Preparatory Studies 3

PYS200S

0.200 C

SDS300S

Surface & Design Studies 3

SDS200S 6

0.100 C

Subject Code

Summative
Assessment

Surface Design Technology 1

Assessment Type

SAQA Exit Credit

Surface Design Practice 1

SDT100S

HEMIS Credit

NQF Level

SDP100S

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

Compulsory or
Elective

Year/Sem Subject

Subject Name

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: NDSURD

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the National Diploma: 15

Promotion Criteria
Admission to the second semester of the first year of study
Student progress will be assessed directly after the mid-year portfolio review in May/June. Students who
do not obtain a minimum of 40% in two or more first year subjects will have the continuation of their

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

126

course reviewed. A student registered for the National Diploma will be promoted to the next year of study,
provided that all subjects are passed in the year concerned. Students will only be promoted to the third
year when they have passed ALL of the prescribed first and second year subjects.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

127

NATIONAL DIPLOMA: SURFACE DESIGN
(EXTENDED CURRICULUM PROGRAMME)
Duration: Full-time – four years (the first year is done over two years)
Venue:
Cape Town Campus
Course Aim
The Extended Curriculum Programme is the first year of study for the National Diploma in Surface Design
and is completed in a minimum of four years (the first year is done over two years).
The target group for the extended first year of study consists mostly of prospective students who have
applied for entry into the regular first year of study in one of the specialist design departments. These
applicants show appropriate potential for study in design but are not ready for entry into the regular first
year of study and are referred to the Extended Curriculum Programme. Students are nominated by the
relevant department if it is felt that they would benefit from the additional support. If accepted, these
students will be registered for the extended first year in the design discipline for which they originally
applied.
By the end of the Design Foundation Course students should have a fair idea of where their strengths
lie, and they should also be able to make an informed choice as to which design discipline they should
be entering for the regular first year of study. If they are better suited for study in another design
discipline than the one for which they are registered, they will be allowed to change their choice of
design discipline.
Career Opportunities
The course prepares students for careers in fashion, interior, surface and lifestyle design industries.
Admission Requirements
Admission requirements are the same as for students in the three-year mainstream programme.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

128

ND: SURFACE DESIGN
(EXTENDED CURRICULUM PROGRAMME)

5A 9

0.075

SDT10SX

Surface Design Technology 1A

5A 27

0.225

NQF Level

Subject Code

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

SAQA Exit Credit

Surface Design Practice 1A

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

SDP10SX

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Period of Study

HEMIS Credit

Year/Sem Subject

QUALIFICATION CODE: NDSDFX

Foundation year

SDE10SX

Surface Design 1A

5A 27

0.225

PRP10MX

Preparatory Studies 1A

5A 0

0.150

Y
Y

SDS10SX

Surface & Design Studies 1A

5A 9

0.075

JET10AX

Metallurgy

5A 9

0.075

C Y

5B 9

0.075

First year (Mainstream programme)
1

SDP100S

Surface Design Practice 1

SDP10SX

SDT100S

Surface Design Technology 1

SDT10SX

5B 27

0.225

SDE100S

Surface Design 1

SDE10SX

5B 27

0.225

PYS100S

Preparatory Studies 1

PRP10SX

5B 18

0.150

SDS100S

Surface & Design Studies 1

SDS10SX

5B 9

0.075

Second year (Mainstream programme)
2

SDT200S

Surface Design Technology 2

SDT100S

SDS200S

Surface & Design Studies 2

SDS100S 5
5

0.225

0.075

PYS200S

Preparatory Studies 2

PYS100S

0.150

SDP200S

Surface Design Practice 2

SDP100S 5

0.075

SDE200S

Surface Design 2

SDE100S

0.225

SDT200S

0.225

Third year (Mainstream programme)
3

SDT300S

Surface Design Technology 3

0.075

PYS300S

Preparatory Studies 3

PYS200S

0.150

NQF Level
6

Summative
Assessment

SDS200S 6

SAQA Exit Credit

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

Surface & Design Studies 3

Compulsory or
Elective

SDS300S

Subject Name

Subject Code

Period of Study

Assessment Type

129

HEMIS Credit

Year/Sem Subject

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

SDP300S

Surface Design Practice 3

SDP200S 6

0.075

SDE300S

Surface Design 3

SDE200S

0.225

Number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the National Diploma: 15

Academic Exclusion Rules and Appeal Procedure
The academic exclusion rules and appeal procedure are the same as that applicable to the mainstream
National Diploma programme.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

130

B TECH: SURFACE DESIGN
Duration: Full-time – one year
Part-tine – two years
Venue:
Cape Town Campus
Course Aim
The course is structured to equip students to function responsibly in a creative environment. Students
must be able to adapt to aesthetic, economic and technological advances in order to understand the
influence of political, cultural and social trends on design.
This specialist qualification is geared to prepare students for their individual career choices and to enter
the global design community with confidence.
Career Opportunities
Students decide whether their careers may best be served in the surface and lifestyle design industries,
for example the fashion industry, trend prediction, merchandising, home textiles, wallpaper design,
fabric buying, social outreach, range co-ordination or other related surface design industries.
Admission Requirements
A National Diploma in Surface Design (or a recognised equivalent qualification), with an average of 60%
in the final year of the National Diploma, as well as a portfolio of practical work.
Programme Structure
This is a research-based course in which the student is placed under the guidance of a supervisor who
will assist in both the practical and theoretical or written research components of the course.
Assessment
At the end of the period of study, the student must have completed a written report and a body of
work that will be exhibited on campus. A panel of staff, assisted by external moderators, will assess
the exhibition. Students must satisfy the external moderators that they have fulfilled the requirements
towards the degree.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

131

B TECH: SURFACE DESIGN

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Subject Code

Year/Sem Subject

Period of Study

Qualification Code: BTSURD

SDT400S

Surface Design Technology 4

None

0.350 C

SDS400S

Surface & Design Studies 4

None

0.300 C

SDE400S

Surface Design 4

None

0.350 C

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the B Tech degree: 3

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

132

M TECH DESIGN: SURFACE DESIGN
Duration: A minimum of one calendar year full-time or two consecutive calendar years part-time and a
maximum of five years, after which time the candidate will not be allowed to re-register or continue with
his/her studies. Students who wish to interrupt their studies must apply to the Senate on the prescribed
application form that is available on the University’s website.
Venue:

Cape Town Campus

Course Aim
Graduates develop the knowledge and skills required to conduct independent research in surface design
and to contribute significantly to knowledge production through the understanding, application and
evaluation of existing and new knowledge.
The Faculty offers reputable post-graduate design qualifications at Masters and Doctoral level. The Master
of Technology (M Tech) and Doctor of Technology (D Tech) in the Design Programmes place emphasis on
applied research that addresses challenges facing society in a diverse development milieu. By building
on undergraduate foundations in Communication/Graphic Design, Industrial/Product Design, Interior
Design, Fashion Design, Surface Design, Jewellery Design and Photography, candidates in the Masters
programme often select topics that grapple with complex design problems. The socially conscious ethos
encourages research in fields such as Design for Development, Design for Sustainability, Interaction
Design, Participatory Design, Universal Design and User-Experience Design.
The Masters degree can be obtained through a full (100%) thesis or a mini-dissertation/part practical
output (50–50) qualification, while a full (100%) thesis is required for the Doctoral programmes.
Career Opportunities
Graduates can follow a career in research and development in the industry, or be employed at research
institutes. They are also employed in teaching and research positions in higher education institutions.
Admission Requirements
A B Tech: Surface Design or a recognised equivalent qualification.
Approval by Higher Degrees Committee
The title of the dissertation/thesis, as well as the names and qualifications of the appointed supervisors,
must be approved by the Higher Degrees Committee before a student can commence with his/her
studies.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

133

M TECH DESIGN: SURFACE DESIGN

R5SD01R

Thesis

None

120

1.000 C

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Subject Code

Year/Sem Subject

Period of Study

Qualification Code: MTDESR

n/a

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the M Tech degree: 1

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

134

D TECH DESIGN: SURFACE DESIGN
Duration: A minimum of two calendar year full-time or two consecutive calendar years part-time and a
maximum of six years, after which time the candidate will not be allowed to re-register or continue with
his/her studies. Students who wish to interrupt their studies must apply to the Senate on the prescribed
application form that is available on the University’s website.
Venue:

Cape Town Campus

Course Aim
Graduates develop the knowledge and skills required to conduct independent research in surface design
and to contribute significantly to knowledge production through the understanding, application and
evaluation of existing and new knowledge.
The Faculty offers reputable post-graduate design qualifications at Masters and Doctoral level. The Master
of Technology (M Tech) and Doctor of Technology (D Tech) in the Design Programmes place emphasis on
applied research that addresses challenges facing society in a diverse development milieu. By building
on undergraduate foundations in Communication/Graphic Design, Industrial/Product Design, Interior
Design, Fashion Design, Surface Design, Jewellery Design and Photography, candidates in the Masters
programme often select topics that grapple with complex design problems. The socially conscious ethos
encourages research in fields such as Design for Development, Design for Sustainability, Interaction
Design, Participatory Design, Universal Design and User-Experience Design.
The Masters degree can be obtained through a full (100%) thesis or a mini-dissertation/part practical
output (50–50) qualification, while a full (100%) thesis is required for the Doctoral programmes.
Career Opportunities
Graduates can follow a career in research and development in the industry, or be employed at research
institutes. They are also employed in teaching and research positions in higher education institutions.
Admission Requirements
An M Tech: Surface Design or a recognised equivalent qualification.
Approval by Higher Degrees Committee
The title of the dissertation/thesis, as well as the names and qualifications of the appointed supervisors,
must be approved by the Higher Degrees Committee before a student can commence with his/her
studies.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

135

D TECH DESIGN: SURFACE DESIGN

R6SD01R

Thesis

None

120

1.000 C

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Subject Code

Year/Sem Subject

Period of Study

Qualification Code: DTDESR

n/a

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the M Tech degree: 1

Academic Exclusion Rules
During the first and every subsequent year of study, the student must demonstrate academic activity to
the satisfaction of the University. A student shall be excluded from and refused re-registration for the
course if, in the opinion of the supervisor/s and the Faculty Board, the student fails to maintain progress
in his/her studies or research project.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

136

CORE SYLLABI FOR THE NATIONAL DIPLOMA:
SURFACE DESIGN
Please note that the details below are a summarised version of the syllabus. Please refer to the individual
subject guides for more detail.

Preparatory Studies 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: This subject consists of two components, Preparatory Studies and Colour Theory and Practice.
Preparatory Studies: Design principles and concept development for design are introduced. Critical and
analytical thinking forms part of an introduction to creative thinking skills. Students also communicate ideas with
story/mood boards. An understanding of design that has a positive ecological impact is introduced. Literacy and
language skills are practised and assessed.
Colour theory and Practice 1: The primary learning objective is to bring students to a basic level of knowledge
about colour theory and its applications in surface design, as well as the practical skills required to realise such
applications. Observational drawing is practised regularly.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Preparatory Studies 2
Pre-requisites: Preparatory Studies 1
Course Outline: This subject consists of two components, Preparatory Studies and Colour Theory and Practice.
Preparatory Studies: Students reflect journalised ideas with words and images. Design principles are considered
and applied in preparation for repeat designs. Research is done for concept and an understanding of appropriate
materials and techniques selection. An awareness of design decisions for social and economic impact is
emphasised. Students draw and sketch for idea generation and representation. Story and mood boards form
part of the liaison part of design decision making. Communication literacy and presentation skills are practised.
Colour Theory and Practice: To design in colour, based on their knowledge of colour theory and their skills in
the practical application thereof.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

137

Preparatory Studies 3
Pre-requisites: Preparatory Studies 2
Course Outline: To journalise and articulate narrative effectively and to plan and apply appropriate aspects of
design elements and principles. Drawing skills are developed for idea generation, representation and drawing
from imagination to communicate design ideas. To be able to use colour on all levels of expression and to
confidently use a variety of media relevant to the different projects. Students gain an understanding of the social
and economic impact of their design decisions. Communication skills for research and product development are
common practice.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Surface Design 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: An understanding of visual literacy by practising design techniques and principles and the
development of a designer’s own identity form part of the design process. Students create meaning and ideas
by brainstorming for concept development and engage in exercises to re-evaluate problems in personal and
contextual terms. Students are exposed to design for printing processes, silkscreen, knitting, fabric construction
and paper techniques.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Surface Design 2
Pre-requisites: Surface Design 1
Course Outline: New design techniques and principles are applied to a variety of surface designs. A contextual
understanding of how concept is used in the design of projects for lifestyle design. To educate socially oriented
entrepreneurs within the creative design process. Critical thinking that allows for creativity and innovation. Students
understand the techniques to design for silkscreen printing processes. Students comprehend 2-dimensional
design and develop an understanding to create meaningful ethical design.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Surface Design 3
Pre-requisites: Surface Design 2
Course Outline: Students learn to communicate visual literacy innovatively and practise analytical and critical
thinking that allows for creativity to emerge and to facilitate innovation. Students develop a contextualised
understanding of concepts for social and lifestyle design projects. Students create meaningful ethical designs
and are encouraged to include entrepreneurship within the creative process of design. Students develop an
understanding of design for printing processes for a variety of substrates and materials.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

138

Surface & Design Studies 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: This subject comprises two components, a history component and a materials theory component.
History component: The first year History course provides insight into the history of art and of European, British
and Eastern design, from antiquity to the end of the nineteenth century. This includes Ancient civilizations, the
Middle Ages and Islam, the Renaissance and Enlightenment, and the Industrial Revolution.
Materials theory component: During the first year the focus is on the major natural fibres, the cultivation
thereof, production and characteristics as applicable to the end use of the fibre.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Surface & Design Studies 2
Pre-requisites: Surface & Design Studies 1
Course Outline: The subject comprises two components, a history component and a materials theory component.
History component: The second year students gain insight into the 20th century Avant Garde movements and
their effect on design. They focus on textiles, interiors and products. Cubism, Surrealism, Futurism and the influence
of African design on these movements are included. Russian constructivist textiles, the Art Deco, Modernism and
the Bauhaus periods are included for design inspiration and ornamental insight and understanding.
Materials theory component: During the second year the subject embeds material studies within the practical
component to deepen learning applicable to the end use.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

139

Surface & Design Studies 3
Pre-requisites: Surface & Design Studies 2
Course Outline: The subject comprises two components, a history component and a materials theory component.
History component: The third year students obtain insight into the concept of personal language design. Design
traditions and indigenous, historical and contemporary interpretations are researched. The body as surface,
globalisation and design for ethical consideration form part of the course outline.
Materials theory component: Intelligent and ultra-performing materials are defined by the persistent pushing of
boundaries. These inform new thinking and consideration for our environment. Repurposed, recycled and upcycled
materials are considered as an alternative to save the environment and the country’s resources. Students visit
design studios that relate to practical assignments and to prepare students for the industry.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Surface Design Practice 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The first year Surface Design Practice course is designed to introduce and develop
entrepreneurial thinking through interactive class sessions and activities. This introductory level is aimed at
cultivating a competency in the language of business, while exposing the student to concepts in economics,
human resources and general business management. Assessments are done on a continuous basis and consist
of class tests, individual and group assignments as well as presentations. Class activities are designed to not only
foster a deeper understanding of the learning material, but also to develop the confidence and communication
skills of the individuals.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Surface Design Practice 2
Pre-requisites: Surface Design Practice 1
Course Outline: The second year Surface Design Practice class includes interactive class discussions and
activities. These sessions are aimed at deepening the understanding of business management concepts, through
exposure to the fields of marketing, business planning and cash flow management. Case studies from the local
and international design industry are used in class sessions to develop an appreciation of the value that business
knowledge and understanding brings to designers. The assessments are done on a continuous basis and include
class tests, individual and group assignments as well as class presentations. Class activities are designed to not
only foster a deeper understanding of the learning material, but also to develop the confidence and communication
skills of the individuals.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

140

Surface Design Practice 3
Pre-requisites: Surface Design Practice 2
Course Outline: The third year Surface Design Practice class includes interactive class discussions and activities.
These sessions are aimed at preparing the individual for post-graduation through an increased focus on business
start-up activities, spanning across legislative requirements, key financial concepts and operations management.
The continuous assessments include class tests, individual and group assignments as well as presentations.
The activities are designed to cultivate critical thinking around the interactive relationship between business and
design, as well as to engage the student in retrospective personal development.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Surface Design Technology 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The subject comprises two components, a computer component and a 3-dimensional design
component.
Computer component: Students do storyboards for presentation and generate computer-aided designs. Design
technology affords us the opportunity to work with intention and imagination to communicate design and to adapt
as technology brings about new opportunities.
3-dimensional design component: Students practise how to transform a 2D material into a 3D shape or
surface, to understand the appropriate context and to become aware of the ecological impact thereof. Students
test and learn the advantages and limitations of technique and materials like paper and fabric. Textile printing and
fabric construction like knitting, weaving and felting are introduced.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

141

Surface Design Technology 2
Pre-requisites: Surface Design Technology 1
Course Outline: This subject comprises two components, a computer component and a 3-dimensional design
component.
Computer component: Students learn new software to develop an idea and manipulate designs and layout.
To be able to use programs to aid, assist and apply to projects and to prepare for printing of wall coverings and
printing.
3-dimensional design component: The aim is to equip students with an understanding of how to translate and
interpret the context with regard to material choice for a positive ecological result. Further exploration of technique
and new materials is researched. Innovation for social design application and contextual need is practised. Prior
skills knowledge is applied for product development.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Surface Design Technology 3
Pre-requisites: Surface Design Technology 2
Course Outline: This subject comprises two components, a computer component and a 3-dimensional design
component.
Computer component: Students learn to use the computer confidently for the development of an idea,
manipulation of designs and layout. To be able to use programs to aid, assist and apply in the design process and
for the marketing of the student’s body of work.
3-dimensional design component: Students design for the context with regard to material choice that has a
positive ecological and social result. Theoretical and practical material research and an exploration of techniques
and new materials are part of the process. Students are encouraged to engage in participatory design with NGOs
and real-life clients for social context. Product development happens in conjunction with a retail outlet. Students
innovate for social design and for competitions.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

142

CORE SYLLABI FOR THE EXTENDED CURRICULUM
PROGRAMME: SURFACE DESIGN
Please note that the details below are a summarised version of the syllabus. Please refer to the individual
subject guides for more detail.

Two-Dimensional Design (Surface Design)
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The students will be introduced to the colour wheel and colour theory, after which they will
construct and paint their own colour wheel. The students will learn to understand and use principles of design
through pattern. They will do projects using repeat pattern in black and white and in colour, applying what they
have learnt from their colour theory to their surface design projects. Researching the concept of the cultural use
of colour and pattern, students will also use and explore different printing techniques, such as block printing and
silkscreen printing, and how these are applied in the textile industry.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

143

Course Description For Theory Subjects
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: As set out below.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

History of Art & Design 1

Design & Visual Literacy

Communication & Literacy (including Language Skills)

Professional Business Practice (Life Skills, Computer Skills & Numeracy)
Life skills

Computer skills

Numeracy skills

DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN

144

CORE SYLLABI FOR THE B TECH: SURFACE DESIGN
Please note that the details below are a summarised version of the syllabus. Please refer to the individual
subject guides for more detail.

Surface Design 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Students learn to conceptualise and distinguish art/craft/design, to understand properties of
materials, to investigate fabric construction techniques, to develop skills and techniques relating to processes,
to assess purpose and function of artefacts, and to recognise that all design is produced in and for a context.
Surface design deals with the structuring, patterning, colouring and transformation of fabric, fibre and other
materials. It focuses on creating 3-dimensional spaces and objects in a variety of media. Surface design is
also an area of design that responds to social issues in our community through social design and design for
development as examples of practising design responsibly.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Surface & Design Studies 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Students are taught to understand the research process and be in a position to prepare a
research proposal. This is then extended into a dissertation supporting the practical component. The final
written document should show a scholarly theoretical and critical approach. It should demonstrate theoretical
understanding – paying particular attention to the research problem, research questions (aims), the literature
review and the methodology (method), and evaluate the outcome (conclusion). It should also demonstrate insight
– showing a penetrating capacity which reflects critical insight, and both understanding and an ability to discern
underlying meanings. The dissertation should also prove relevance (suitability and applicability to a particular
issue/context), as well as curiosity and a spirit of enquiry, an ability to work both independently and collaboratively,
and personal development and creative problem solving.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

145

Surface Design Technology 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Students learn technical competence and skill through experimentation and mastering of
materials and processes. They develop skills and produce a prototype or artefacts/ products that are executed
with craftsmanship of certainty and professionalism. They demonstrate the capacity to use computer technology
like Powerpoint, Photoshop, COREL Draw and Illustrator. They demonstrate an ability to function creatively in any
professional design environment. They demonstrate an understanding of aesthetic, economic and technological
advancement and the influence of political, cultural, social and environmental trends in design. They demonstrate
flexibility and an ability to cope with fast-changing industry requirements. Students appreciate and apply a
sustainable philosophy – environmental, economic, and social.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE & INTERIOR DESIGN

146

DEPARTMENTAL STAFF
Name

Position

Telephone

Fax

E-mail

Prof A van Graan (Acting) Head of Department

021 440 2277 021 440 2233 vangraana@cput.ac.za

Ms C Pietersen

021 440 2232 021 440 2233 pietersenc@cput.ac.za

Secretary

ACADEMIC STAFF (PERMANENT)
Name
Head of Department
Assoc. Prof A Van Graan

Qualifications
PG Dip Arch (PCL) M.Phil., PhD

Senior Lecturers
Ms C Cocotos

BAS, B Tech: Inter. Des., Masters of Des. Science

Ms J Morkel

HDHET, BArch, BBldg

Mr PR Perold

BAS, BArch, MA (AfrStudies)

Ms M Rambhoros

BAS, BArch Adv., MArch

Ms HE Voulgarelis

BBldg, BArch

Lecturers
Ms C Abrahamse

ND: Int. Des., B Tech: Int. Des., HDHET

Ms M Di Ruvo

ND: Int. Des. NHD Int. Des., M Tech: Int. Des.

Mr J Hopley

BAS, BArch

Mr MS Rodseth

(BArch)

Mr JP Samuel,

BArch, MIA)

Mr PM Solomons

ND: Arch., NHD: Arch., NHD: PSE, M Built Env. & Sust. Dev.)

Junior Lecturers
Ms T Mohamed

ND: Arch. Tech., B Tech: Arch. Tech

Mr N Naidoo

ND: Arch., NHD: Arch., NHD: PSE

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

147

QUALIFICATIONS OFFERED
Undergrad / Qualification
Postgrad
Type

Qual
Code

Undergraduate National Diploma NDARCT
Undergraduate

Extended
Curriculum

NDATFX

Undergraduate B Tech Degree

BTARCT

Post-graduate M Tech Degree

MTARCR

Post-graduate D Tech Degree

DTDESR

Qualification Name
ND: Architectural
Technology
ND: Architectural
Technology
(Extended Curriculum)
B Tech: Architectural
Technology
M Tech: Architectural
Technology
D Tech: Design:
Architectural
Technology

Campus
Offered

Minimum
WorkDuration Integrated
(Years)
Learning

Cape Town 3 years

1 year

Cape Town 4 years

1 year

Cape Town 1 year

n/a

Cape Town 1 year

n/a

Cape Town 2 years

n/a

Undergraduate National Diploma NDINTD

ND: Interior Design

Cape Town 3 years

1 year

Undergraduate National Diploma NDIDFX

ND: Interior Design
(Extended Curriculum)

Cape Town 4 years

1 year

Undergraduate B Tech Degree

BTINTD

B Tech: Interior Design

Cape Town 1 year

n/a

Post-graduate M Tech Degree

MTINTD M Tech: Interior Design

Cape Town 1 year

n/a

Post-graduate D Tech Degree

DTDESR

Cape Town 2 years

n/a

D Tech Design: Interior
Design

DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE & INTERIOR DESIGN

148

NATIONAL DIPLOMA: ARCHITECTURAL TECHNOLOGY
Duration: Full-time – three years. The entire second year is spent working for an architectural practice
that has been accredited by the University, with weekly visits to the Department.
Venue:
Cape Town Campus
Course Aim
Graduates are competent architectural technologists who can conduct relevant routine technical research
and perform, under supervision, architectural services in presentation, documentation, specification,
construction design, detailing, administration, planning and design in the public and private, formal and
informal sectors of the built environment.
Career Opportunities
The architectural technologist may opt for employment in an architectural practice. She/he may assist
senior staff with drawing, detailing and presentations and by doing site supervision, as well as monitoring
and liaising with clients, engineers, municipalities, quantity surveyors and contractors.
Once the necessary experience has been gained, the architectural technologist is competent to handle
small to medium size work independently.
Admission Requirements
Required Senior Certificate subjects:
Home Language 4 (50% – 59%)*
First Additional Language 3 (40% – 49%)*
One of these languages shall be English or Afrikaans*
Maths Literacy 6 (70% – 79%)
Recommended Senior Certificate subjects:
Mathematics 4 (50% – 59%)
Submission of prescribed portfolio
In addition to the minimum admission requirements as stated above, applicants are required to submit
a prescribed portfolio of art work, in accordance with the specifications of the Department, and to write
an aptitude, language and mathematics proficiency test, as compiled by the Department’s Selection
Committee.
Professional Registration
Graduates can apply to the South African Council for the Architectural Profession (SACAP) for registration
as Candidate Architectural Technologists.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

149

ND: ARCHITECTURAL TECHNOLOGY

0.083 C

CAD 101S

Computer-aided Draughting 1

0.100 C

COA 101S

Computer Applications 1

9.96

0.083 C

CTD 100S

20.04 0.167 C

HAA 100S

20.04 0.167 C

PRE 100S

Construction & Detailing 1
History & Appreciation of
Architecture 1
Presentation 1

20.04 0.167 C

STW 100S

20.04 0.167 C

ATR 200S

0.500 C

CTD 200S

Studio Work 1
Architectural Technology
Practice 2
Construction & Detailing 2

20.04 0.167 C

PSS 200S

Practical Studies 2

20.04 0.167 C

STW 200S

Studio Work 2

STW 100S 5

20.04 0.167 C

BSV 300S

Building Services 3

0.100 C

CTD 300S

Construction & Detailing 3

0.200 C

OFP 300S

0.100 C

PAD 300S

0.200 C

STW 300S

Office Practice 3
Principles of Architectural
Design 3
Studio Work 3

STW 200S 6

0.200 C

SAL 300S

Survey & Landscaping 3

0.100 C

CTD 100S

CTD 200S

Subject Code

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the National Diploma: 18

Summative
Assessment
Y

9.96

Assessment Type

20.04 0.167 C

HEMIS Credit

Applied Building Science 1

SAQA Exit Credit

CMM 102S Communication 1

NQF Level

ABS 101S

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

Compulsory or
Elective

Year/Sem Subject

Subject Name

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: QUNDARCT

DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE & INTERIOR DESIGN

150

Promotion Criteria
Promotion to the second year of study
Students will only be promoted to the second year once they have passed Studio Work 1, Presentation
1, Construction and Detailing 1 and at least three of the other subjects.
Promotion to the third year of study
Students will only be promoted to the third year once they have passed all of the first and second
year subjects, or have gained credits for these subjects and have satisfactorily completed their Work
Integrated Learning.
General promotion requirements
A minimum overall end-of-semester or end-of-year mark of 50% is required to pass any subject.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

151

NATIONAL DIPLOMA: ARCHITECTURAL TECHNOLOGY
(EXTENDED CURRICULUM PROGRAMME)
Duration: Full-time – four years (the first year is done over two years)
Venue:
Cape Town Campus
Course Aim
Unsuccessful applicants may be referred to the Extended First Year Curriculum Programme which
enables applicants who are under-prepared but show appropriate potential to complete a designated
course of study in a minimum of four years (the first year is done over a period of two years). The
Extended Curriculum Programme is an extension of the first year in both Interior Design and Architectural
Technology.
Students are introduced to basic terminology of Architecture. The human body and its relation to the
environment is explored, touching on theoretical and philosophical principles of design, experiential
relationships that exist between the body and its surrounding space by drawing attention to the sensory
engagement thereof, as well as touching on our perception of space in relation to space and movement
by means of bodily engagement. Students are taught how to structure and discipline themselves in order
to meet deadlines that will aid them throughout their educational and professional career.
Career Opportunities
The architectural technologist may opt for employment in an architectural practice. She/he may assist
senior staff with drawing, detailing and presentations and by doing site supervision, as well as monitoring
and liaising with clients, engineers, municipalities, quantity surveyors and contractors.
Once the necessary experience has been gained, the architectural technologist is competent to handle
small to medium size work independently.
Admission Requirements
Admission requirements are the same as for students in the three-year mainstream programme.

DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE & INTERIOR DESIGN

152

ND: ARCHITECTURAL TECHNOLOGY
(EXTENDED CURRICULUM PROGRAMME)
Assessment Type
C

5A 14.4

0.120

5A 14.4

0.120

5A 9

0.075

Y
Y

NQF Level

Summative
Assessment

HEMIS Credit
0.075

SAQA Exit Credit

5A 9

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Subject Code

Year/Sem Subject

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: NDATFX

Foundation year
0

COA10SX

Computer Applications 1A
History & Appreciation of
Architecture 1A
Applied Building Science 1A

HAA10SX

ABS10SX

CMM10SX Communication 1A

CON10SX

Construction & Detailing 1A

5A 14.4

0.120

PRE10SX

Presentation 1A

5A 14.4

0.120

C Y

STW10SX

Studio Work 1A

5A 14.4

0.120

First year (Mainstream programme)
History & Appreciation of
Architecture 1
Applied Building Science 1

HAA100S

ABS101S

CMM102S Communication 1

HAA10SX

5B 14.4

0.120

ABS10SX

5B 14.4

0.120

CMM10SX 5B 9

0.075

CTD100S

Construction & Detailing 1

CON10SX

5B 14.4

0.120

PRE100S

Presentation 1

PRE10SX

5B 14.4

0.120

STW100S

Studio Work 1

STW10SX

5B 14.4

0.120

C Y

CAD101S

Computer-aided Draughting 1

COA10SX

5B 9

0.075

0.500

10.08 0.084

Second year (Mainstream programme)
2

ATR 200S

Architectural Technology
Practice 2

CTD 200S

Construction & Detailing 2

CTD100S

STW100S

9.96

0.083

9.96

0.083

13.2

0.110

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

STW 200S Studio Work 2

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Practical Studies 2

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

PSS 200S

153

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Subject Code

Period of Study

Year/Sem Subject

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

Third year (Mainstream programme)
3

BSV 300S

Building Services 3

CTD 300S

OFP 300S

Construction & Detailing 3

0.150

9.6

0.080

0.150

Office Practice 3
Principles of Architectural
PAD 300S
Design 3
STW 300S Studio Work 3

SAL 300S

Survey & Landscaping 3

CTD200S

STW200S

0.150

13.2

0.110

C Y

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the National Diploma: 18

Academic Exclusion Rules and Appeal Procedure
The academic exclusion rules and appeal procedure are the same as that applicable to the mainstream
National Diploma programme.

DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE & INTERIOR DESIGN

154

B TECH: ARCHITECTURAL TECHNOLOGY
Duration: Full-time – one year
Part-tine – two years
Venue:
Cape Town Campus
Course Aim
Graduates are equipped to be senior architectural technologists capable of independently researching
technological innovations, performing professional architectural services in technology, design and
management in the public and private sectors of the built environment.
Graduates can apply to the South African Council for the Architectural Profession (SACAP) for registration
as Candidate Senior Architectural Technologists.
Career Opportunities
The Senior Architectural Technologist is responsible for the application of construction technology in the
design process. The main activities associated with this field are the production of drawings, detailing,
presentation of drawings, model making, site supervision and monitoring and liaison with clients,
engineers, municipalities, quantity surveyors and contractors.
Once the necessary experience has been gained, the Senior Architectural Technologist is able to
competently handle small to medium size work independently.
Admission Requirements
A National Diploma in Architectural Technology (or a recognised equivalent qualification), with a 60%
average pass mark in the final year of the National Diploma. Applicants must also achieve a minimum of
60% for the subject Principles of Architectural Design 3. Applicants who do not meet these requirements,
or who completed their National Diploma (or equivalent qualification) at another institution, are subjected
to a selection process. This process consists of a design and technology evaluation, an interview and
the submission of a portfolio. The portfolio should comprise any work which the student considers to
be a reflection of his/her technological, design and presentation abilities. CPUT students must submit
their best third year design piece and the entire third year MIP, including the studio work component.
Applicants from other universities must submit their final year work demonstrating an integration of
design and technology.
Interviews and portfolio
Interviews with applicants will be conducted during the first week of December at CPUT. At the interview,
applicants will be required to present a portfolio of appropriate architectural and technological work
completed by them. Details of the portfolio requirements will be supplied on request.
Design and technology test
Applicants will be required to write a two-day test at the University.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

155

B TECH: ARCHITECTURAL TECHNOLOGY

4
4

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

AES 400S

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

APD 400S

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Subject Code

Period of Study

Year/Sem Subject

Qualification Code: BTARCT

None

0.600 C

None

0.100 C

URD 400S

Applied Design 4
Architectural Environmental
Studies 4
Principles of Urban Design 4

None

0.100 C

CDR400S

Construction & Detailing 4

None

0.100 C

THD 400S

Theory of Design 4

None

0.100 C

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the B Tech degree: 5

DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE & INTERIOR DESIGN

156

M TECH: ARCHITECTURAL TECHNOLOGY
Duration: A minimum of one calendar year full-time or two consecutive calendar years part-time and a
maximum of five years, after which time the candidate will not be allowed to re-register or continue with
his/her studies. Students who wish to interrupt their studies must apply to the Senate on the prescribed
application form that is available on the University’s website.
Venue:

Cape Town Campus

Course Aim
Graduates develop the knowledge and skills required to conduct independent research in architecture
and to contribute significantly to knowledge production through the understanding, application and
evaluation of existing and new knowledge.
Course Structure
This programme consists of a comprehensive full research project culminating in a thesis. For the
duration of the course the student is placed under the guidance of an approved supervisor(s) who will
assist and guide the candidate throughout his/her studies.
In their thesis, Masters’ candidates must prove that they understand a particular problem in the industry
in which they have done their research, are able to analyse and set it out logically, are able to arrive
at logical conclusions or a diagnosis of the problem and are then able to make proposals for the
improvement/elimination of the problem. The research problem, its justification, process and outcome
are reported in a thesis. The thesis must comply with the normal general technical requirements and
rules with regard to scope, quality and layout.
Career Opportunities
Graduates can follow a career in research and development in the industry, or be employed at research
institutes. They are also employed in teaching and research positions in higher education institutions.
Admission Requirements
A B Tech: Architectural Technology or an equivalent four-year qualification in an appropriate discipline.
English proficiency
In addition to the criteria for admission, international students from countries where English is not the
official language must demonstrate proof of English proficiency.
Approval by Higher Degrees Committee
The title of the dissertation/thesis, as well as the names and qualifications of the appointed supervisors,
must be approved by the Higher Degrees Committee before a student can commence with his/her
studies.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

157

M TECH DESIGN: ARCHITECTURAL TECHNOLOGY

Thesis

None

120

1.000 C

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

R1M5047

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Subject Code

Year/Sem Subject

Period of Study

Qualification Code: MTARCR

n/a

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the M Tech degree: 1

Academic Exclusion Rules
During the first and every subsequent year of study, the student must demonstrate academic activity
to the satisfaction of the University. All supervisors of Masters and Doctoral students are required to
submit progress reports for each student at the end of each year to the Faculty’s Research Committee.
A student shall be excluded from and refused re-registration for the course if, in the opinion of the
supervisor/s and the Faculty Board, the student fails to maintain progress in his/her studies or research
project.
Interruption of Studies
Students who wish to interrupt their studies must apply to the Senate. The interruption of studies form
(HDC 1.9) is available on the Centre for Post-graduate Studies website. Interruption of studies may not
be applied for, and will not be granted, retrospectively.

DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE & INTERIOR DESIGN

158

D TECH DESIGN: ARCHITECTURAL TECHNOLOGY
Duration: A minimum of two consecutive calendar years and a maximum of six years, after which the
candidate will not be allowed to re-register or continue with his/her studies.
Venue:

Cape Town Campus

Course Aim
The purpose of this programme is to develop the competence to conduct independent research under
minimal guidance in the field of architecture.
Course Structure
This is a research-based course in which the student is placed under the guidance of a supervisor/s
who will assist with both the practical and theoretical or written research components of the course. It
comprises an advanced research project culminating in a dissertation.
In dissertations, students must provide proof of original and creative thinking and problem-solving and
must make a real contribution to the solving of a particular problem in the industry to which their
research applies. The dissertations must comply with the normal technical requirements and rules with
regard to scope, quality and layout.
Career Opportunities
Graduates can follow a career in research and development in the industry, or be employed at research
institutes. They are also employed in teaching and research positions in higher education institutions.
Admission Requirements
An M Tech: Architectural Technology or equivalent Masters’ qualification in an appropriate discipline.
English proficiency
In addition to the criteria for admission, international students from countries where English is not the
official language must demonstrate proof of English proficiency.
Approval by Higher Degrees Committee
The title of the dissertation/thesis, as well as the names and qualifications of the appointed supervisors,
must be approved by the Higher Degrees Committee before a student can commence with his/her
studies.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

159

D TECH DESIGN: ARCHITECTURAL TECHNOLOGY

Thesis

None

HEMIS Credit

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Subject Code
R6AT01R

74.64 .622

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

Year/Sem Subject

Period of Study

Qualification Code: DTDESR

n/a

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the D Tech degree: 1

DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE & INTERIOR DESIGN

160

CORE SYLLABI FOR THE NATIONAL DIPLOMA:
ARCHITECTURAL TECHNOLOGY
Please note that the details below are a summarised version of the syllabus. Please refer to the individual
subject guides for more detail.

Architectural Technology Practice 2
Pre-requisites: Studio Work 1, Construction and Detailing 1, Presentation 1, History 1
Course Outline: Practical Studies 2 and Architectural Technology Practice are two inseparable sebjects.
Architecture students are required to do Work Integrated Learning (WIL) for a period of 10 months in a practice
that is registered with SACAP. Practical reqiurements are set out in the study guides. As part of the evaluation, the
coordinator will visit all practices during the said year to discuss student progress. Log sheets provided should be
completed on a weekly basis and should be signed off by the office manager. Second year architecture students
attend 4 block weeks during the year. “Construction and Detailing 2” and “Studio Work 2” are assesed after the
completion of the block week, the other two subjects viz “ Architectural Technology Practice 2” and “ “Practical
Studies 2” are assesed at the end of the year.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Applied Building Science 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: To promote an awareness of calculations, science and the environment and how material
selection affects design of buildings.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Building Services 3
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: A basic general knowledge of various different services accomodated within buildings and to
encourage an appreciation for space requirements for services; developing abilities to make obsevations and
realise the importance of services co-ordination and integration within buildings. Developing familiarity with the
National Building Regulations relating to the elements listed in the subject content.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

161

Computer-Aided Draughting 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Production of architectural and graphic drawings on a personal computer, developing the handson skills and competency required to produce computer-generated architectural drawings at an acceptable
production rate. Archicad forms the basis of instruction..
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Computer Applications 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Hands-on, practical experience with an introduction to the purpose of using computers and an
overview of the hardware components of computer systems.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Communication 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Students will improve their verbal (written and spoken) as well as non-verbal communication
and understand the conventions of the world of work. Students need to develop confidence and determination to
communicate in effective ways in their interaction with others.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Construction & Detailing 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: To provide students with a thorough knowledge of current, general practice pertaining to
contemporary building techniques for low- rise domestic buildings.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Construction & Detailing 2
Pre-requisites: Studio Work 1, Construction and Detailing 1, Presentation 1, History 1
Course Outline: Second year architecture students attend four block weeks during the year while they are busy
with their in-service training. Students are required to attend a compulsory one week block session per term.
Construction and Detailing 2 and Studio Work 2 are assessed after the completion of the block week. Students
are advised to consult the second year coordinator for more information relating to this subject.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE & INTERIOR DESIGN

162

Construction & Detailing 3
Pre-requisites: Construction & Detailing 2
Course Outline: The course comprises theory and practical. The theoretical portion is presented by means of
lectures, site and factory visits, workshops, etc. and supported by practical exercises designed to develop what
has been learned theoretically. Students investigate materials, techniques and structural systems and methods
associated with building types that are not load-bearing. Critical analytical and investigative skills are emphasised,
as well as the professional and practical application of the theoretical knowledge gained.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

History & Appreciation Of Architecture 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: An introduction to critical understanding of design precedent – that which came before. Students
examine the development of architectural and interior design from the earliest times to the present. The relevance
of underlying principles to contemporary design problems is assessed. Students should be conversant with the
National Building Regulations relating to the elements listed in the subject content.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Office Practice 3
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Introduction to the business and administrative realities of the architectural professional. A
series of lectures covers the profession, Code of Conduct, other professionals allied to the building industry,
the fundamentals of setting up an architectural practice, tendering and the building contract. This course is
an introduction to the topics and subjects of the external examination that candidates need to write in order to
register as members of the Architectural Profession.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Practical Studies 2
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Practical Studies 2 and Architectural Technology Practice 2 are two inseparable subjects. It
relates to the practical work that is done in the office on a daily basis. These subjects involve filling in a log
sheet of work done in the office, creating a portfolio of work done in the office, reflecting in writing on the
work done in the office as part of a portfolio, local authority approval, working drawings and details, measured
drawings, presentation, schedules, joinery, investigation of site and survey, analysis and preparation of the brief,
cost considerations, specifications, site visits and administration experience.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

163

Presentation 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: After completion of this course the student should be able to communicate graphically, apply
and understand the fundamental principles of architectural presentation in order to be able to complete a simple
set of sketch plans.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Principles Of Architectural Design 3
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: A project-based subject that integrates with the subjects Studio Work and Construction and
Detailing. Students learn about the design process, the formulation of design ideas and the conceptual aspects
of architectural design. Projects start with simple, small-scale projects and become more complex towards the
end of the year. The use of models as design tools, freehand drawings and effective presentation is emphasised.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Studio Work 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Practical hands-on experience in producing architectural drawings and designs on the drawing
board and using computer-aided draughting in a studio environment and the opportunity to apply and integrate
knowledge from other subjects.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Studio Work 2
Pre-requisites: Studio Work 1, Construction and Detailing 1, Presentation 1, History 1
Course Outline: Second year architecture students attend four block weeks during the year while they are busy
with their in-service training. Students are required to attend a compulsory one week block session per term.
Construction and Detailing 2 and Studio Work 2 are assessed after the completion of the block week. Students
are advised to consult the second year coordinator for more information relating to this subject.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE & INTERIOR DESIGN

164

Studio Work 3
Pre-requisites: Studio Work 2
Course Outline: A project-based subject that integrates with the subjects Principles of Architectural Design and
Construction and Detailing. Design skills and technical knowledge gained will be utilised in performing analyses
and doing projects pertaining to the technical aspects of architectural design. Knowledge of framed construction
obtained in the second year will be expanded, as well as the skills necessary to design and document more
complex structural components, including roofs, staircases and building facades, preparing technical drawings
for council submission, as well as full construction documentation (working drawings).
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Survey Landscaping 3
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Survey and Landscaping (SAL3) is a supporting subject that deals with the landscape around
and between buildings. The subject is taught in block periods, with theory and application in projects.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

165

CORE SYLLABI FOR THE NATIONAL DIPLOMA:
ARCHITECTURAL TECHNOLOGY
(EXTENDED CURRICULUM PROGRAMME)
Applied Building Science 1A
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: This subject attempts to bring students up to speed with their numeracy and mathematics skills
to prepare them for first year.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Communication 1A
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: This subject teaches the student how to communicate in a professional manner within the
disciplines of Architecture. This subject looks at the usage of correct grammar and sentence construction,
vocabulary and comprehension.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Construction & Detailing 1A
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: This integrated subject deals with basic material properties and their different functions within a
space. To aid the communication of the design intent, basic joinery and construction details are explored.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

History & Appreciation Of Architecture 1A
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: History & Appreciation of Architecture attempts to explore the basic theory and philosophy
behind design which is used to substantiate the design intent.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE & INTERIOR DESIGN

166

Presentation 1A
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Graphically communicate through drawing, the nature and application of drawing, development
of a freehand sketching and drawing approach, graphic depiction of the human figure, buildings, drawing as a
design tool, principles of composition, the conventional 2D and 3D projections, shadow projection, compilation
of sets of sketch plans.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

STUDIO WORK 1A
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Focuses on anthropometrics, the human dimensions in relation to space, identity, space-making,
place-making, space in context, narratives, construction of spaces.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

167

CORE SYLLABI FOR THE B TECH:
ARCHITECTURAL TECHNOLOGY
Applied Design 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The Applied Design course stimulates the development of creative solutions to architectural
problems via the establishment of design methodologies. Whilst the course instruction and project selection allow
students to develop analytical, problem solving and communication skills, emphasis is also placed on life skills
that will foster positive attitudes and a sense of responsibility, as well as developing a social consciousness.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Architectural Environmental Studies 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: This course brings awareness of the scarcity of natural resources and teaches students to
respond appropriately through sustainable development and environmental design in the field of architecture,
which encompasses utilising emerging technologies, selecting materials responsibly and designing for human
comfort.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Construction & Detailing 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The Construction and Detailing course develops knowledge about building as a basis for
good design by fostering technological consideration and innovation as integral parts of the design process,
whilst instilling an appreciation of the art of construction as a basis for good architecture. It provides a sound
technological, ethical and practical basis for conceptual and detail design decisions, and for the selection of
appropriate materials and methods.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE & INTERIOR DESIGN

168

PRINCIPLES OF URBAN DESIGN 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: This course enables students to meaningfully co-ordinate architectural design with urban
elements and the immediate surroundings of buildings. It encourages the identification and analysis of strong
and weak points in urban design, and to reinforce or rectify these points in creative designs that are within the
restrictions and guidelines of urban plans and controlling regulations.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

THEORY OF DESIGN 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Theory of Design 4 introduces students to a process of creativity that engenders individual
approaches to idea generation in architectural design. It stimulates intellectual, analytical, conceptual, graphic and
writing skills to formulate coherent architectural arguments, as well as to develop design methodologies in order
to solve architectural problems. The course also fosters an understanding of both current and past architectural
philosophies and movements.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

169

NATIONAL DIPLOMA: INTERIOR DESIGN
Duration: Full-time – three years (including a period of Work Integrated Learning in the third year at a
company that has been accredited by the University).
Venue:
Cape Town Campus
Course Aim
The practice of interior design relates to architecture on the one hand and industrial design on the other.
The aim of the course is to develop awareness and skills ranging from design in building to furniture
design, and could be defined as the creative problem-solving process applied to the practical solution of
three-dimensional problems, primarily within the environment of buildings.
The objectives of the course are to develop a critical awareness and practical application of two- and
specifically three-dimensional design principles, to create awareness of the commercial applications of
design, to encourage understanding of the responsibility of the designer to society and the individual
user, to draw on historical and contemporary studies in order to heighten design awareness, to provide
the opportunity to acquire knowledge of the performance of materials and how they can be applied to
construction, and to develop the skills required to communicate the design intention.
Career Opportunities
The following employment opportunities are available:
• Interior design firms offering a professional consultancy service to clients offer the opportunity to
work towards a partnership or, with experience, to establish a practice.
• Shop-fitting firms providing a design and supply service for the installation of shop and office
interiors.
• Retail groups planning their own interiors and employing shop-fitters on a contract basis for
installation.
• Furniture manufacturers offering a contract or design and supply service.
• Interior design shops and suppliers of office furniture offering a design service.
• Architectural practices also employ interior design specialists in their design teams.
Admission Requirements
Required Senior Certificate subjects:
Home Language 4 (50% – 59%)*
First Additional Language 3 (40% – 49%)*
One of these languages shall be English or Afrikaans*
Mathematics 2 (30% – 39%)
Maths Literacy 4 (50% – 59%)
Recommended Senior Certificate subjects:
Design 3 (40% – 49%)

DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE & INTERIOR DESIGN

170

Submission of prescribed portfolio
In addition to the minimum admission requirements as stated above, applicants are required to submit a
prescribed portfolio of art work in accordance with the specifications of the Department. Details of the
portfolio requirements will be supplied on application.

ND: INTERIOR DESIGN

0.300 C

DET 100S

Design Technology 1

None

0.300 C

DRA 101S

Drawing for Design 1

None

0.200 C

HIA 100S

History of Art & Design 1

None

0.100 C

PDP 100S

Professional Design Practice 1

None

0.100 C

DET 200S

Design Technology 2

DET 100S

0.300 C

DEY 200S

Design Theory 2

HIA 100S

0.100 C

ITD 200S

Interior Design 2

DST 101S

0.200 C

PSM 200S

Presentation Methods 2

DRA 101S

0.300 C

PDP 200S

Professional Design Practice 2

PDP 100S

0.100 C

DET 300S

Design Technology 3

DET 200S

0.250 C

DEY 300S

Design Theory 3

DEY 200S

0.100 C

ITD 300S

Interior Design 3

ITD 200S

0.250 C

IDP 300S

Interior Design Practice 3

None

0.100 C

PSM 300S

Presentation Methods 3

PSM 200S 6

0.200 C

PDP 300S

Professional Design Practice 3

PDP 200S

0.100 C

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the National Diploma: 16

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

None

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Design Studies 1

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

DST 101S

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Year/Sem Subject

Subject Code

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: NDINTD

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

171

Promotion Criteria
A student will be promoted to the next year of study, provided that all subjects are passed in the year
concerned.

DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE & INTERIOR DESIGN

172

NATIONAL DIPLOMA: INTERIOR DESIGN
(EXTENDED CURRICULUM PROGRAMME)
Duration: Full-time – four years (the first year is done over two years)
Venue:
Cape Town Campus
Course Aim
Unsuccessful applicants may be referred to the Extended First Year Curriculum Programme which
enables applicants who are under-prepared but show appropriate potential to complete a designated
course of study in a minimum of four years (the first year is done over a period of two years). The
Extended Curriculum Programme is an extension of the first year of the Interior Design Diploma.
Students are introduced to basic terminology within the built environment. The human body and its
relation to the environment is explored, touching on theoretical and philosophical principles of design,
experiential relationships that exist between the body and its surrounding space by drawing attention
to the sensory engagement thereof, as well as touching on our perception of space in relation to space
and movement by means of bodily engagement. Students are taught how to structure and discipline
themselves in order to meet deadlines that will aid them throughout their educational and professional
career.
Career Opportunities
The following employment opportunities are available:
• Interior design firms offering a professional consultancy service to clients offer the opportunity to
work towards a partnership or, with experience, to establish a practice.
• Shop-fitting firms providing a design and supply service for the installation of shop and office
interiors.
• Retail groups planning their own interiors and employing shop-fitters on a contract basis for
installation.
• Furniture manufacturers offering a contract or design and supply service.
• Interior design shops and suppliers of office furniture offering a design service.
• Architectural practices also employ interior design specialists in their design teams.
Admission Requirements
Admission requirements are the same as for students in the three-year mainstream programme.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

173

ND: INTERIOR DESIGN
(EXTENDED CURRICULUM PROGRAMME)

0.225

DET10SX

Design Technology 1A

5A 27

0.225

DRD10SX

Drawing for Design 1A

5A 18

0.150

HIA10SX

5A 9

0.075

PDP10SX

History of Art & Design 1A
Professional Design Practice
1A

5A 9

0.075

NQF Level

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

5A 27

SAQA Exit Credit

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

Design Studies 1A

Compulsory or
Elective

DSN10SX

Subject Name

Subject Code

Period of Study

HEMIS Credit

Year/Sem Subject

QUALIFICATION CODE: NDIDFX

Foundation year

First year (Mainstream programme)
1

DST 101S

Design Studies 1

DSN10SX

5B 27

0.225

DET 100S

Design Technology 1

DET10SX

5B 27

0.225

DRA 101S

Drawing for Design 1

DRD10SX

5B 18

0.150

HIA 100S

History of Art & Design 1

HIA10SX

5B 9

0.075

PDP 100S

Professional Design Practice 1 C

PDP10SX

5B 9

0.075

Second year (Mainstream programme)
2

DET 200S

Design Technology 2

DET 100S

0.225

DEY 200S

Design Theory 2

HIA 100S

0.075

Interior Design 2

ITD 200S

PSM 200S Presentation Methods 2

DST 101S

0.150

DRA 101S

0.225

PDP 200S

Professional Design Practice 2 C

PDP 100S

0.075

Third year (Mainstream programme)
3

DET 300S

Design Technology 3

DET 200S

21.6

0.180

DEY 300S

Design Theory 3

DEY 200S

8.64

0.072

Assessment Type
C

0.100

PSM 200S 6

17.52 0.146

PDP 200S

8.64

ITD 300S

Interior Design 3

IDP 300S

Interior Design Practice 3

PSM 300S Presentation Methods 3

PDP 300S

Professional Design Practice 3 C

ITD 200S

0.072

Summative
Assessment

HEMIS Credit
0.180

NQF Level

21.6

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

SAQA Exit Credit

174

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Subject Code

Year/Sem Subject

Period of Study

DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE & INTERIOR DESIGN

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the National Diploma: 18

Academic Exclusion Rules and Appeal Procedure
The academic exclusion rules and appeal procedure are the same as that applicable to the mainstream
National Diploma programme.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

175

B TECH: INTERIOR DESIGN
Duration: Full-time – one year
Part-tine – two years
Venue:
Cape Town Campus
Course Aim
This course offers the opportunity to specialise in areas in the field of interior design.
Career Opportunities
The following employment opportunities are available:
• Interior design firms offering a professional consultancy service to clients offer the opportunity to
work towards a partnership or, with experience, to establish a practice.
• Shop-fitting firms providing a design and supply service for the installation of shop and office
interiors.
• Retail groups planning their own interiors and employing shop-fitters on a contract basis for
installation.
• Furniture manufacturers offering a contract or design and supply service.
• Interior design shops and suppliers of office furniture offering a design service.
• Architectural practices also employ interior design specialists in their design teams.
Admission Requirements
A National Diploma in Interior Design or a recognised equivalent qualification, with an average of 60%
in the final year of the National Diploma, or with two years’ appropriate industry-related experience.
Portfolio and written proposal
Applicants must submit a portfolio of appropriate interior design solutions for the corporate, retail and
hospitality sectors, including technological work related to these projects. A written dissertation proposal
highlighting areas of design interest and the necessity for the proposed research is also required.
The proposal must be a minimum of 8 pages. Further details about the proposal requirements will be
supplied on request.
Programme Structure
This is a research-based course in which the student is placed under the guidance of a supervisor who
will assist in both the practical and theoretical or written research components of the course.
Assessment
At the end of the period of study, the student must have completed a written report and a body of
work that will be exhibited on campus. A panel of staff, assisted by external moderators, will assess
the exhibition. Students must satisfy the external moderators that they have fulfilled the requirements
towards the degree.

DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE & INTERIOR DESIGN

176

B TECH: INTERIOR DESIGN

0.300 C

DEY 400S

Design Theory 4

None

0.150 C

ITD 400S

Interior Design 4

None

0.300 C

PSM 400S Presentation Methods 4

None

0.100 C

PDP 400S

None

0.150 C

Professional Design Practice 4

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

None

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Design Technology 4

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

DET 400S

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Subject Code

Period of Study

Year/Sem Subject

Qualification Code: BTINTD

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the B Tech degree: 5

Academic Exclusion Rules and Appeal Procedure
Exclusion rules
A student will be excluded if the qualification is not completed within the University’s prescribed period
of four registered years from the date of first registration.
Appeal procedure
A student will be excluded if the qualification is not completed within the University’s prescribed period
of four registered years from the date of first registration.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

177

M TECH DESIGN: INTERIOR DESIGN
Duration: A minimum of one calendar year full-time or two consecutive calendar years part-time and a
maximum of five years, after which time the candidate will not be allowed to re-register or continue with
his/her studies. Students who wish to interrupt their studies must apply to the Senate on the prescribed
application form that is available on the University’s website.
Venue:

Cape Town Campus

Course Aim
Graduates develop the knowledge and skills required to conduct independent research in interior design
and to contribute significantly to knowledge production through the understanding, application and
evaluation of existing and new knowledge.
The Faculty offers reputable post-graduate design qualifications at Masters and Doctoral level. The Master
of Technology (M Tech) and Doctor of Technology (D Tech) in the Design Programmes place emphasis on
applied research that addresses challenges facing society in a diverse development milieu. By building
on undergraduate foundations in Communication/Graphic Design, Industrial/Product Design, Interior
Design, Fashion Design, Surface Design, Jewellery Design and Photography, candidates in the Masters
programme often select topics that grapple with complex design problems. The socially conscious ethos
encourages research in fields such as Design for Development, Design for Sustainability, Interaction
Design, Participatory Design, Universal Design and User-Experience Design.
The Masters degree can be obtained through a full (100%) thesis or a mini-dissertation/part practical
output (50–50) qualification, while a full (100%) thesis is required for the Doctoral programmes.
Career Opportunities
Graduates can follow a career in research and development in the industry, or be employed at research
institutes. They are also employed in teaching and research positions in higher education institutions.
Admission Requirements
A B Tech: Interior Design or a recognised equivalent qualification.
Approval by Higher Degrees Committee
The title of the dissertation/thesis, as well as the names and qualifications of the appointed supervisors,
must be approved by the Higher Degrees Committee before a student can commence with his/her
studies.

DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE & INTERIOR DESIGN

178

M TECH: INTERIOR DESIGN

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes
None

340

40.8

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

Thesis

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Subject Code
R5INT1R

HEMIS Credit

SAQA Exit Credit

Year/Sem Subject

Period of Study

Qualification Code: MTINTD

n/a

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the M Tech degree: 1

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

179

D TECH DESIGN: INTERIOR DESIGN
Duration: A minimum of two calendar year full-time or two consecutive calendar years part-time and a
maximum of six years, after which time the candidate will not be allowed to re-register or continue with
his/her studies. Students who wish to interrupt their studies must apply to the Senate on the prescribed
application form that is available on the University’s website.
Venue:

Cape Town Campus

Course Aim
Graduates develop the knowledge and skills required to conduct independent research in interior design
and to contribute significantly to knowledge production through the understanding, application and
evaluation of existing and new knowledge.
The Faculty offers reputable post-graduate design qualifications at Masters and Doctoral level. The Master
of Technology (M Tech) and Doctor of Technology (D Tech) in the Design Programmes place emphasis on
applied research that addresses challenges facing society in a diverse development milieu. By building
on undergraduate foundations in Communication/Graphic Design, Industrial/Product Design, Interior
Design, Fashion Design, Surface Design, Jewellery Design and Photography, candidates in the Masters
programme often select topics that grapple with complex design problems. The socially conscious ethos
encourages research in fields such as Design for Development, Design for Sustainability, Interaction
Design, Participatory Design, Universal Design and User-Experience Design.
The Masters degree can be obtained through a full (100%) thesis or a mini-dissertation/part practical
output (50–50) qualification, while a full (100%) thesis is required for the Doctoral programmes.
Career Opportunities
Graduates can follow a career in research and development in the industry, or be employed at research
institutes. They are also employed in teaching and research positions in higher education institutions.
Admission Requirements
An M Tech: Interior Design or a recognised equivalent qualification.
Approval by Higher Degrees Committee
The title of the dissertation/thesis, as well as the names and qualifications of the appointed supervisors,
must be approved by the Higher Degrees Committee before a student can commence with his/her
studies.

DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE & INTERIOR DESIGN

180

D TECH DESIGN: INTERIOR DESIGN

R6IS01R

Thesis

None

120

1.000 C

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Subject Code

Year/Sem Subject

Period of Study

Qualification Code: DTDESR

n/a

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the D Tech degree: 1

Academic Exclusion Rules
During the first and every subsequent year of study, the student must demonstrate academic activity to
the satisfaction of the University. A student shall be excluded from and refused re-registration for the
course if, in the opinion of the supervisor/s and the Faculty Board, the student fails to maintain progress
in his/her studies or research project.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

181

CORE SYLLABI FOR THE NATIONAL DIPLOMA:
INTERIOR DESIGN
Please note that the details below are a summarised version of the syllabus. Please refer to the individual
subject guides for more detail.

Design Studies 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: This subject represents one of the programme majors and introduces the design student to
creative and functionally ergonomic layouts that are planned to meet particular needs and occupancy.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Design Technology 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: This subject comprises three areas of study and represents a major subject in the programme
that continues from the first until the third year. The three areas are Construction Technology, Materials & Finishes
and Building Services. Students are made aware of the effect building services has on the interiors of buildings.
Elements like lighting and ventilation, ergonomics and anthropometrics are discussed in terms of technical
conventions and design projects.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Design Technology 2
Pre-requisites: Design Technology 1
Course Outline: This subject comprises three areas of study and represents a major subject in the programme
that continues from the first until the third year. The three areas are Construction Technology, Materials & Finishes
and Building Services. It introduces students to the relevant physical and visual properties of a wide range
of building materials, the use terminology and explains their selections in their designs, encourages an active
understanding of the specification of materials and finishes that exceed their specification for merely aesthetic
purposes.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE & INTERIOR DESIGN

182

Design Technology 3
Pre-requisites: Design Technology 2
Course Outline: This course comprises three components, namely Construction Drawings, Materials & Finishes
and Building Services. A portion is also generated from the design project where a student should pay attention
to the various building components, services and materials specified.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Design Theory 2
Pre-requisites: History of Art & Design 1
Course Outline: This subject investigates movements and periods that are influential in the twentieth century,
including Avant Garde, Art Deco, Bauhaus, Modernism and design from 1950 – 1980 within the economic and
political context. The social, political and financial influences for each movement are analysed and discussed
in terms of their influences on the design of the times. There is a focus on the emergence of interior design as
a professional discipline. To assist design development and critical thinking, students are also introduced to a
variety of theoretical frameworks that can be applied to interior design.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Design Theory 3
Pre-requisites: Design Theory 2
Course Outline: At this level of the programme, the theory focuses on various theoretical frameworks that can
be applied to interior design. The programme does not focus on historical texts, but rather challenges students
to research and interpret current philosophical and social theories to understand how these can be incorporated
into successful designs.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Drawing For Design 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: This subject comprises three modules that introduce the different drawing and rendering
techniques, viz Colour, Perspective Drawing and Technical Drawing.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

183

History Of Art & Design 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Good design is always grounded in a good, critical understanding of design precedent – that
which came before. The history course looks at the development of architectural and interior design from the
earliest times to the present. The relevance of the underlying principles to contemporary design problems is
assessed.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Interior Design 2
Pre-requisites: Design Studies 1
Course Outline: Students explore the conceptualisation planning and execution of various interior spaces,
identify a strong branding/corporate identity and develop functional, aesthetic and hazard-free interior spaces
that fulfil the needs of their occupants, and resolve their concepts into practical solutions by investigating available
construction methods, materials and finishes and building services
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Interior Design 3
Pre-requisites: Interior Design 2
Course Outline: The course focuses on creative and practical solutions of interior spaces from initial
conceptualisation to planning and zoning, three-dimensional design development and integrated technical and
construction knowledge. Students demonstrate an understanding of branding/corporate identity and develop
functional, aesthetic and hazard-free interior spaces, and resolve their concepts into practical and sustainable
solutions by incorporating recognised/available construction methods, materials, finishes and building services.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Interior Design Practice 3
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Students in their third year of study are expected to do six weeks of experiential training
(internship). The process starts early in the year. Students must submit a CV and a covering letter to the
experiential training officer. If they wish to work for a particular company, the officer will assist them in making the
initial contact. Since this is most students’ last year of study, it is important to invest time and effort in making a
good impression with the company. The outcome is monitored through a report compiled during the internship
period that students must submit upon their return after the six weeks.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE & INTERIOR DESIGN

184

Presentation Methods 2
Pre-requisites: Drawing for Design 1
Course Outline: Students explore and demonstrate competency in various CAD graphic techniques. Computer
programmes such as AutoCAD, Artlantis, SketchUp and Photoshop are taught in the computer lab. Students
develop and render interior plans, sections and elevations and perspective views using various media, overall
page layouts and typography. They are encouraged to include all thumbnail/developmental sketches in their
presentations.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Presentation Methods 3
Pre-requisites: Presentation Methods 2
Course Outline: Students explore and demonstrate competency in various CAD graphic techniques. Computer
programmes such as AutoCAD, Artlantis, and Photoshop are taught in the computer lab. The successful
communication of proposals includes succinctly developed and rendered interior plans, sections and elevations
and perspective views using various media. Overall page layouts and typography also need to be considered.
Students are encouraged to include developmental sketches and graphics in their presentations. Details of all
designed components are encouraged.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Professional Design Practice 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: This course is designed to help students improve their verbal (written and spoken) as well as
non-verbal communication and to understand the conventions of the world of work. Students need to develop
confidence and determination to communicate in effective ways in interaction with others.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Professional Design Practice 2
Pre-requisites: Professional Practice 1
Course Outline: Professional Practice 2 looks into ethics and codes of conduct consistent with the design field.
It elaborates on entrepreneurship and the various alternatives available to entrepreneurs in the field of work.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

185

Professional Design Practice 3
Pre-requisites: Professional Practice 2
Course Outline: Professional Practice 3 looks specifically into the professional practice of interior designers.
The subject is framed around the recommended contracting procedures and schedule programming pertaining
to various contracting types that define the interior designer‘s scope of service. It also defines the ethics and
codes of conduct consistent with professional practice and as set out by the South African Institute for the Interior
Design professions.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

186

DEPARTMENTAL STAFF
Name

Position

Telephone

Fax

E-mail

Prof BM Alexander

Head of Department

021 460 3780 021 460 3576 Alexanderb@cput.ac.za

Ms N Allie

Secretary

021 460 3010 021 460 3576 allien@cput.ac.za

ACADEMIC STAFF (PERMANENT)
Name
Head of Department
Prof BM Alexander

Qualifications
BSc Elec. Eng., MSc HRD Tech, D Tech: Inform.Tech

Associate Professor
Dr R de la Harpe

B.Sc. (Comp. Science), B.Sc. (Hons) (cum laude), M.Sc. (Informatics), D Tech:
Inform Tech.

Senior Lecturers
Dr L Coleman

Mr MF Gasant

BA, HDE, AdDip (Adults), MPhil (Adult Educat) Mphil, MRES, Phd
Dip in Educat. ND: Hum. Res. Mngmt., B Tech: Bus. Admin., Masters in Inform.
Mngmt. & Systems
(HED, BSc.)

Ms DD Lakay

ND: Elect. Data Proces., NHD: Comp. Data Proces., M Tech: Inform. Tech, HDHET

Mr GSF Lawrence

Dip Datametrics, NHD: PSE, B Comm(Hons), MCSSA

Dr NBW Mlitwa

BSoc SC, TRPM, MA, MPhil, PhD

Dr E Ruhode

MBA: Masters in Business Administration, D Tech: Inform. Tech

Mr ER Francke

Lecturers
Ms F Allie

ND: Comp. Data Proces., NHD: Comp. Data Proces., M Tech: Inform. Tech

Mr J Barnes

B Com (Hons), M Tech: Inform. Tech

Ms S Geyer

ND: Inform. Tech., MBA, HDHET

Dr B Kabaso

B Eng, MSc, D Tech: Inform. Tech, D Tech: Information Tech

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

Name

187

Qualifications

Mr W Koopman

NC: Com. Prog., ND: Elect. Data Proces., NHD Comp. Data Proces., M Tech:
Inform. Tech
ND: Elec. Eng., B Tech: Elec. Eng

Mr T Makhurane

BSc(Hons), M Sc

Mr DJM Makola

Snr Teach Dip., B.Sc. Comp. Science, B Tech: Inform. Tech., M Tech: Inform. Tech

Mr M Mandioma

IT Proj. Mngt, HDET, BSc (Hons), MSc (Comp. Science)

Mr NE Masalov

BSc (Elec. Eng), MSc (Elec)

Mr A Mukherjee

MEngIT

Mr K Naidoo

BSc Applied Maths & Comp Science, M Tech: Inform.Tech

Mr W M Ngindana

ND: Inform. Tech., B Tech: Inform. Tech., MTech: Inform. Tech

Mr W Olivier

ND: Inform. Tech., B Tech: Inform. Tech

Mr X Piyose

M Tech: IT

Mr WC Rothman

TD, HTD, AE, BSc (Comp Science), NHD (DP), M Tech: Inform. Tech

Mr L Small

BSc (Mathematics & Computer Science)

Ms KS Swart

BSc (Comp Science)

Mr SJS Williams

ND: Elec. Eng., NHD: Elec. Eng., M Tech: Elec. Eng.

Ms E Zietsman

BSc, BSc (Hons) Comp. Science, MBL

Ms G Khan

Junior Lecturers
Mr A Abrahams

ND: Inform. Tech., B Tech: Inform. Tech, HDHET

Mr RW Burger

BCom

Ms T Ncubukezi

ND: Inform. Tech., B Tech: Inform.Tech, M Tech: Inform Tech

DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

188

QUALIFICATIONS OFFERED
Undergrad / Qualification
Postgrad
Type
Higher
Undergraduate
Certificate

Undergraduate Diploma

Undergraduate B Tech Degree

Undergraduate B Tech Degree
Post-graduate M Tech Degree
Post-graduate M Tech Degree
Post-graduate D Tech Degree
Post-graduate D Tech Degree

Qual
Code

Qualification Name

Higher Certificate
in Information &
HCINCT
Communication
Technology
Diploma in Information
& Communication
DPICTA Technology in
Applications
Development
Diploma in Information
& Communication
DPICTC Technology in
Communication
Networks
Diploma in Information
& Communication
DPICTM
Technology in
Multimedia Applications
B Tech: Information
BTINSD Technology (Software
Development)
B Tech: Information
BTINTM Technology (Business
Analysis)
B Tech: Information
Technology
BTINCN
(Communication
Networks)
M Tech: Information
MTINFR
Technology
M Tech: Business
MTBISR
Information Systems
D Tech: Information
DTINFR
Technology
DTINMR D Tech: Informatics

Campus
Offered

Minimum
WorkDuration Integrated
(Years)
Learning

Cape Town 1 year

n/a

Cape Town 3 years

n/a

Cape Town 3 years

n/a

Cape Town 3 years

n/a

Cape Town 1 year

n/a

Cape Town 1 year

n/a

Cape Town 1 year

n/a

Cape Town 1 year

n/a

Cape Town 1 year

n/a

Cape Town 2 years

n/a

Cape Town 2 years

n/a

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

189

HIGHER CERTIFICATE IN INFORMATION &
COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY
Duration: Full-time – one year
Venue:
Cape Town Campus
Course Aim
The course prepares students for a career in IT Service Management.
Career Opportunities
There is an ongoing need for a wide range of highly skilled information technology personnel in South
Africa. As the field is subject to rapid technological change, it requires professionals who are well trained
in IT Service Management. Graduates can progress from an IT Service Desk Trainee to an IT Service
Manager.
Admission Requirements
Required Senior Certificate subjects:
Home Language 4 (50% – 59%)*
First Additional Language 3 (40% – 49%)*
One of these languages shall be English or Afrikaans*
Mathematics 3 (40% – 49%)
Maths Literacy 5 (60% – 69%)
Recommended Senior Certificate subjects:
Information Technology
Personal characteristics
The following personal characteristics will be an advantage:
• A combination of mathematics and creative ability.
• The ability to analyse problems logically.
• An interest in computers.
• The ability to adapt to changing circumstances.
• The ability to cope with pressure and deadlines.
• Perseverance.

DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

190

HIGHER CERTIFICATE IN INFORMATION &
COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY

SPR100S

CPN100S

CHW100S

Computer Hardware 1

CSW100S

CAP100S

SCM100S

PCO100S

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

SST100S

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Information Technology
Services Practice 1
Information Technology
Services Theory 1
Information Technology
Services Project 1
Computer Networks 1

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

SSP100S

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Year/Sem Subject

Subject Code

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: HCINCT

None

20.04

0.167 C

None

20.04

0.167 C

None

9.90

0.083 C

None

9.90

0.083 C

None

0.125 C

Computer Software 1

None

9.90

0.083 C

None

5.04

0.042 C

None

0.042 C

None

0.042 C

QNT100S

Computer Applications 1
Strategic
Communication 1
Personal Communication
1
Quantitative Techniques

None

9.96

0.083 C

BSP100S

Business Practice 1

None

9.96

0.083 C

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the Higher Certificate: 11

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

191

Promotion Criteria
A student will only be allowed to register for the Diploma in Information Communication Technology if he/
she has passed the Higher Certificate: ICT with an average of 65%.

Academic Exclusion Rules and Appeal Procedure
Exclusion rules
• A student will be excluded from the Department if he/she fails any subject in two consecutive
registrations of that subject or module.
• A student who has been excluded will not be allowed to register for any subject in the Department
for one academic year.
• A student who wants to be re-admitted after exclusion must apply in writing to the Head of the
Department. The student must show that issues relating to the exclusion have been addressed.
• A student registered for the Higher Certificate will be excluded if the qualification is not completed
within the University’s prescribed period of three registered years from the date of first registration.
Appeal procedure
Students who are excluded may submit a letter of appeal to the Departmental Exclusion Panel acting on
behalf of the Dean of the Faculty. Unresolved cases will be dealt with by the Faculty Panel, consisting
of the Dean and Departmental HODs. The letter must give detailed reasons for the lack of progress,
e.g.extenuating circumstances such as a death in the family, illness, etc and it must state what plans/
strategies will be put in place to ensure success in the course. A copy of the death certificate must be
attached if this is stated as the reason for the lack of progress.
In the event of a successful appeal, the student will be required to sign a performance contract and
certain conditions are usually attached. If the student is re-admitted and continues to neglect to display
academic progress to the satisfaction of the Department, the student will not be admitted for a further
year of study at the University.

DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

192

DIPLOMA IN INFORMATION & COMMUNICATION
TECHNOLOGY: APPLICATIONS DEVELOPMENT
Duration: Full-time – three years
Part-time – four years
Venue:

Cape Town Campus

Course Aim
The course prepares students for professional careers or advanced studies in Information Technology and
promotes the discovery, dissemination and application of knowledge involving Information Technology
(IT). This diploma deals with the design and production of software products and systems to meet
specified needs and to ensure that the production and maintenance are cost effective.
Career Opportunities
There is an ongoing need for a wide range of highly skilled information technology personnel in South
Africa. As the field is subject to rapid technological change, it requires professionals who are well
trained, who keep up to date with the latest developments and who can engage future trends and
developments. Graduates are prepared for careers in computer programming, systems analysis and
design and database administration.
Admission Requirements
Home Language 4 (50% – 59%)
First Additional Language 3 (40% – 49%) (Afrikaans or English)
Mathematics 3 (40% – 49%) or Mathematical Literacy 5 (60% – 69%).
Due to the vast number of applications that are received, meeting the minimum admission requirements
cannot guarantee the applicant a place on the course. Applicants are ranked according to their Grade
12 academic performance.
Admission Requirements
The following personal characteristics will be an advantage:
• A combination of mathematics and creative ability.
• The ability to analyse problems logically.
• An interest in computers.
• The ability to adapt to changing circumstances.
• The ability to cope with pressure and deadlines.
• Perseverance.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

193

DIPLOMA IN INFORMATION & COMMUNICATION
TECHNOLOGY: APPLICATIONS DEVELOPMENT
Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Code

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Subject Code

Year/Sem Subject

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: DPICTA

1st YEAR - ALL SUBJECTS ARE COMPULSORY

Year PRG152S

Applications
Development
Foundations 1
Business Practice 1
Communications
Networks
Foundations 1
ICT Fundamentals 1
Multimedia
Foundations 1
Professional
Communications 1
Programming 1

Year PRT152S

Project 1

Year ADF152S

Year BPR152S

Year CNF152S

Year ICF152S

Year MUF152S

Year PRC152S

20.04 0.167 Continuous Yes

9.96

20.04 0.167 Continuous Yes

9.96

0.083 Continuous Yes

0.125 Continuous Yes

0.083 Continuous Yes

0.125 Continuous Yes

9.96

0.083 Continuous Yes

9.96

0.083 Continuous Yes

2nd YEAR - ALL SUBJECT ARE COMPULSORY
2

Year ADF262S

Year ADP262S

Year ADT262S

Year CNF262S

Sem ICE262S

Year INM262S

Year ITS262S

Applications
Development
Fundamentals 2
Applications
Development Pract. 2
Applications
Development Theory 2
Communications
Networks
Fundamentals 2
ICT Electives 2
Information
Management 2
Information Systems 2

ICF152S

ADF152S 5

20.04 0.167 Continuous Yes

ADF152S 5

9.96

0.083 Continuous Yes

ICF152S

9.96

0.083 Continuous Yes

9.96

0.083 Continuous Yes

0.125 Continuous Yes

ADF152S 5

9.96

0.083 Continuous Yes

Summative
Assessment

194

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

Year PRT262S

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Year PRC262S

Pre-requisite
Subject Code

Multimedia
Applications
Fundamentals 2
Professional
Communications 2
Project 2

Compulsory or
Elective

Year MAF262S

Subject Name

Year/Sem Subject

Subject Code

Period of Study

DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

ICF152S

9.96

0.083 Continuous Yes

PRC152S 5

9.96

0.083 Continuous Yes

PRT152S

0.125 Continuous Yes

20.04 0.167 Continuous Yes

9.96

20.04 0.167 Continuous Yes

3rd YEAR - ALL SUBJECT ARE COMPULSORY
3

Year ADP372S

Applications
Development Pract. 3

Year ADT372S

Applications
C
Development Theory 3

Sem ICE362S

ICT Electives 3

Year ITS362S

Information Systems 3 C

Year PFP362S

Year PRT362S

Professional Practice
3
Project 3

3
3

ADT262S,
APD262S,
ITS262S
ADT262S,
APD262S,
ITS262S
ADT262S,
APD262S,
ITS262S
ADT262S,
APD262S,
ITS262S

0.083 Continuous Yes

PRC262S 6

9.96

0.083 Continuous Yes

PRT262S

20.04 0.167 Continuous Yes

Year PRM372S

Project Management 3 C

INM262S

0.125 Continuous Yes

Sem PRP372S

Project Presentation 3 C

PRT362S

5.04

0.042 Continuous Yes

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the National Diploma: 26

Promotion Criteria
•
•
•

A student will only be allowed to register for Majors in a succeeding programme level if he/she has
passed all Majors of the preceding programme level.
A student will only be allowed to register for subjects and/or modules that present no timetable
clashes.
A student will not be allowed to register for any subject and/or module more than twice.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

195

Exclusion Rules and Appeal Procedure
Exclusion rules
• A student will be excluded from the Department if he/she fails the Majors in an academic year.
• A student will be excluded from the Department if he/she fails four or more subjects and/or
modules in an academic year.
• A student will be excluded from the Department if he/she fails any subject or module in two
consecutive registrations of that subject or module.
• A student who has been excluded will not be allowed to register for any subject in the Department
for one academic year.
• A student who wants to be re-admitted after exclusion must apply in writing to the head of the
Department.
• The student must show that issues relating to the exclusion have been addressed.
• A student registered for the Diploma will be excluded if the qualification is not completed within the
University’s prescribed period of six registered years from the date of first registration.
Appeal procedure
Students who are excluded may submit a letter of appeal to the Departmental Exclusion Panel acting on
behalf of the Dean of the Faculty. Unresolved cases will be dealt with by the Faculty Panel, consisting
of the Dean and Departmental HODs. The letter must give detailed reasons for the lack of progress,
e.g.extenuating circumstances such as a death in the family, illness, etc and it must state what plans/
strategies will be put in place to ensure success in the course. A copy of the death certificate must be
attached if this is stated as the reason for the lack of progress.
In the event of a successful appeal, the student will be required to sign a performance contract and
certain conditions are usually attached. If the student is re-admitted and continues to neglect to display
academic progress to the satisfaction of the Department, the student will not be admitted for a further
year of study at the University.

DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

196

DIPLOMA IN INFORMATION & COMMUNICATION
TECHNOLOGY: COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
Duration: Full-time – three years
Part-time – four years
Venue:

Cape Town Campus

Course Aim
The course prepares students for professional careers or advanced studies in Information Technology
and promotes the discovery, dissemination and application of knowledge involving Information
Technology (IT). This diploma deals with the design, development, implementation and management of
networks by integrating knowledge of modern network topologies and protocols to create an appropriate
environment for communication and information sharing.
Career Opportunities
There is an ongoing need for a wide range of highly skilled information technology personnel in South
Africa. As the field is subject to rapid technological change, it requires professionals who are well
trained, who keep up to date with the latest developments and who can engage future trends and
developments. Graduates are prepared for careers in network development and administration and
systems administration.
Admission Requirements
Home Language 4 (50% – 59%)
First Additional Language 3 (40% – 49%) (Afrikaans or English)
Mathematics 3 (40% – 49%) or Mathematical Literacy 5 (60% – 69%).
Due to the vast number of applications that are received, meeting the minimum admission requirements
cannot guarantee the applicant a place on the course. Applicants are ranked according to their Grade
12 academic performance.
Admission Requirements
The following personal characteristics will be an advantage:
• A combination of mathematics and creative ability.
• The ability to analyse problems logically.
• An interest in computers.
• The ability to adapt to changing circumstances.
• The ability to cope with pressure and deadlines.
• Perseverance.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

197

DIPLOMA IN INFORMATION & COMMUNICATION
TECHNOLOGY: COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Code

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Subject Code

Year/Sem Subject

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: NDPRM

First year – All subjects are compulsory
1

Y ADF151S

Applications Development
Foundations 1

20.04 0.167

Y BPR151S

Business Practice 1

9.96

0.083

Y CNF151S

20.04 0.167

Y ICF151S

Communications Networks
Foundations 1
ICT Fundamentals 1

0.125

Y MUF151S Multimedia Foundations 1

20.04 0.167

Y PRC151S Professional Communications 1

9.96

0.083

Y PRG151S Programming 1

0.125

Second year – All subjects are compulsory
Applications Development
Fundamentals 2

ICF151S

9.96

0.083

CNF151S

9.96

0.083

ICF151S

9.96

0.083

Y CNP261S Communications Networks Pract. 2 C

CNF151S

20.04 0.167

Y CMT261S Communication Networks Theory 2 C

CNF151S

9.96

0.083

Y ADF261S

Y CND261S Communications Networks Des. 2

Y CNF261S

2
2
2

Y ICE261S

Y INM261S

Communications Networks
Fundamentals 2

ICT Electives 2

9.96

0.083

0.125

ICF151S

9.96

0.083

Information Management 2
Multimedia Applications
Y MAF261S
Fundamentals 2
Y PRC261S Professional Communications 2

PRC151S

9.96

0.083

Y PRT261S

PRT151S

0.125

Project 2

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

198

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Code

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Subject Code

Year/Sem Subject

Period of Study

DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Third year – All subjects are compulsory
3

Y CND371S Communications Networks Des. 3

Y CNP371S Communication Networks Prac. 3

Y CMT371S Communication Networks Theory 3 C

S ICE361S

ICT Electives 3

CMT261S,
CNP261S, 7
CND261S
CMT261S,
CNP261S, 7
CND261S
CMT261S,
CNP261S, 7
CND261S
6

20.04 0.167

9.96

0.083

Y PFP361S

Professional Practice 3

PRC261S

9.96

0.083

Y PRT361S

Project 3

PRT261S

20.04 0.167

Y PRM371S Project Management 3

INM261S

0.125

S PRP371S

PRT361

5.04

0.042

Project Presentation 3

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the National Diploma: 26

Promotion Policy
•
•
•

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

199

DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

200

DIPLOMA IN INFORMATION & COMMUNICATION
TECHNOLOGY: MULTIMEDIA APPLICATIONS
Duration: Full-time – three years
Part-time – four years
Venue:

Cape Town Campus

Course Aim
The course prepares students for professional careers or advanced studies in Information Technology and
promotes the discovery, dissemination and application of knowledge involving Information Technology
(IT). This qualification is intended to develop the necessary professional practices for those wanting to
become multimedia technologists.
Career Opportunities
There is an ongoing need for a wide range of highly skilled information technology personnel in South
Africa. As the field is subject to rapid technological change, it requires professionals who are well trained,
who keep up to date with the latest developments and who can engage future trends and developments.
Multimedia technology is a career-focused ICT specialisation course that enables students who achieve
the qualification to, with some supervision and as part of a general team and individually, engage in a
process where a static, dynamic and interactive multimedia presentation (either web-based, dedicated
console application, media-specific such as CDROM or DVD or portable technology, audio or video) will
be conceptualised, designed, planned, developed and published or produced.
Admission Requirements
Home Language 4 (50% – 59%)
First Additional Language 3 (40% – 49%) (Afrikaans or English)
Mathematics 3 (40% – 49%) or Mathematical Literacy 5 (60% – 69%).
Due to the vast number of applications that are received, meeting the minimum admission requirements
cannot guarantee the applicant a place on the course. Applicants are ranked according to their Grade
12 academic performance.
Personal characteristics
The following personal characteristics will be an advantage:
• A combination of mathematics and creative ability.
• The ability to analyse problems logically.
• An interest in computers.
• The ability to adapt to changing circumstances.
• The ability to cope with pressure and deadlines.
• Perseverance.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

201

DIPLOMA IN INFORMATION & COMMUNICATION
TECHNOLOGY: MULTIMEDIA APPLICATIONS
Assessment Type
C

9.96

20.04 0.47

0.125

20.04 0.167

Professional Communications 1 C

9.96

0.083

0.125

9.96

0.083

Summative
Assessment

20.04 0.167

HEMIS Credit

NQF Level

SAQA Exit Credit

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Subject Code

Year/Sem Subject

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: DPICTM

First year – All subjects are compulsory
1

Y ADF150S

Y BPR150S

Y CNF150S

Y ICF150S

Applications Development
Foundations 1
Business Practice 1
Communication Networks
Foundations 1
ICT Fundamentals 1

Y MUF150S

Multimedia Foundations 1

Y PRC150S

Y PRG150S

Programming 1

Y PRT150S

Project 1

0.083

Second year – All subjects are compulsory
Applications Development
Fundamentals 2
Communication Networks
Fundamentals 2
ICT Electives 2

ICF150S

9.96

0.083

ICF150S

9.96

0.083

9.96

0.083

0.125

Y MUD260S

Information Management 2
Multimedia Applications
Fundamentals 2
Multimedia Design 2

Y MUP260S

Y MUT260S

Y PRC260S

Professional Communications 2 C

PRC150

9.96

0.083

Y PRT260S

Project 2

PRT150S

0.125

Y ADF260S

Y CNF260S

Y ICE260S

Y INM260S

Y MAF260S

ICF150S

9.96

0.083

MUF150S

9.96

0.083

Multimedia Practice 2

MUF150S

20.04 0.167

Multimedia Technology 2

MUF150S

9.96

0.083

HEMIS Credit

ICE260S

9.96

0.083

20.04 0.167

NQF Level

Summative
Assessment

SAQA Exit Credit

Assessment Type

202

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Subject Code

Year/Sem Subject

Period of Study

DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Third year – All subjects are compulsory
3

ICE360S

ICT Electives 3

C Y

MUD360S

Multimedia Design 3

MUT260S,
MUP260S,
MUD260S

MUP370S

Multimedia Practice 3

MUT260S,
MUP260S,
MUD260S

MUT370S

Multimedia Technology 3

PFP360S

Professional Practice 3

MUT260S,
MUP260S,
MUD260S
PRC260S

9.96

0.083

PRT360S

Project 3

PRT260S

20.04 0.167

PRM370S

Project Management 3

INM260S

0.125

PRP370S

Project Presentation 3

PRT360S

5.04

0.042

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the National Diploma: 26

Promotion Policy
•
•
•

A student will only be allowed to register for Majors in a succeeding programme level if he/she has
passed all Majors of the preceding programme leveL.
A student will only be allowed to register for subjects and/or modules that present no timetable
clashes.
A student will not be allowed to register for any subject and/or module more than twice.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

203

DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

204

B TECH: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY –
SPECIALISATION OPTIONS
•
•
•

Software Development
Communication Networks
Information & Technology Management

Duration: Full-time – three years
Part-time – four years
Venue:

Cape Town Campus

Course Aim
The B Tech IT degree is a fourth year career-focused ICT qualification offered by the Department of
Information Technology. The course is designed to enable a student to not only apply the concepts and
skills of the specialisation sufficiently for a smooth transition into the workplace, but also to operate on
a higher level in order to solve complex problems adapting to the requirements of the organisation’s
environment.
A B Tech IT graduate is expected to acquire and develop sufficient knowledge to solve complex
problems in an ethical and professional manner by obtaining, processing, evaluating, managing and
communicating related information using a range of suitable methods within the area of study, as
indicated by the different specialisation purpose statements. Students must also have the ability to
interpret and discuss new knowledge, to critically evaluate facts, to apply this in practice and to solve
problem situations in practice. In addition to acquiring more advanced skills, emphasis is also placed on
developing a person who is skilful, with a good understanding of his/her role in society. Therefore, the
three core components of knowing, doing and being are developed for meaningful engagement in the IT
discipline and practice on the appropriate level.
The B Tech degree is awarded when a student has obtained 10 credits, where each subject equals 1
credit, except Project 4 that equals 2 credits.
Specialisation Options
The following specialisation options are available:

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

205

Software Development
Designing and producing software products and systems to meet specified needs so that they work
reliably and their production and maintenance are cost effective.
Communication Networks
This specialisation option deals with the design, development, implementation and management of
networks by integrating knowledge of modern network topologies and protocols to create an appropriate
and adequate environment of communication and information sharing.
Information & Technology Management
Management of people and technology to create, modify and sustain organisational information systems.
Career Opportunities
The widespread use of computers has resulted in an ongoing need for a wide range of highly skilled
information technology personnel. As the field is subject to rapid technological change, it requires
professionals who are well trained, who keep up to date with the latest development and who can
engage future trends and developments in the field.
Software Development
Software Development graduates are prepared for careers in computer programming, systems analysis
and design and database administration.
Communication Networks
Communication Networks graduates are prepared for careers in network development and administration
and systems administration.
Information & Technology Management
Information & Technology Management graduates can be appointed as a Manager responsible for
creating, modifying and sustaining organisational information systems.

DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

206

B TECH: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY:
SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Subject Code

Year/Sem Subject

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: BTINSD

Compulsory subjects
4

PRW 400S

Project 4

0.200 C

PNT 400S

Project Management 4

0.100 C

NMT 103S

Research Methodology

0.100 C

DOS 400S

0.100 C

ADS 400S

0.100 C

BUF400S

Development Software 4
Advanced Development
Software 4
Business Fundamentals 4

0.100 C

Elective subjects (Please select three of the following Electives)
1

SWD 400S

CPZ 400S

DBS 400S

HIF400S

Software Engineering &
Design 4
Computer Security 4
Database Systems 4
Health Informatics
Fundamentals 4

0.100 C

NOTE: Students must pass Development Software 4 before they can continue with Advanced
Development Software 4.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

207

B TECH: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY:
INFORMATION & TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Subject Code

Year/Sem Subject

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: BTINTM

Compulsory subjects
4

PRW 400S

Project 4

0.200 C

PNT 400S

Project Management 4

0.100 C

NMT 103S

0.100 C

ITN 400S

0.100 C

ATM 400S

0.100 C

SIY 400S

0.100 C

BUF 400S

Research Methodology
Information & Technology
Management 4
Advanced Information &
Technology Management 4
Strategic Information
Systems 4
Business Fundamentals 4

0.100 C

Elective subjects (Please select three of the following Electives)
1

CPZ 400S

Computer Security 4

0.100 C

DBA 400S

0.100 C

HIF400S

Data Administration 4
Health Informatics
Fundamentals 4

0.100 C

NOTE: Students must pass Information & Technology Management 4 before they can continue
with Advanced Information & Technology Management 4.

DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

208

B TECH: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY:
COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
NQF Level

SAQA Exit Credit

HEMIS Credit

Assessment Type

Summative
Assessment

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Subject Code

Year/Sem Subject

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: BTINCN

7
7
7
7
7
7
7

24
12
12
12
12
12
12

0.200
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.100

C
C
C
C
C
C
C

Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y

Compulsory subjects
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Y
Y
S
S
S
S

PRW 400S
PNT 400S
NMT 103S
CNW 400S
ACN 400S
NWK400S
BUF400S

Project 4
Project Management 4
Research Methodology
Communication Networks 4
Advanced Communication Networks 4
Networks 4
Business Fundamentals 4

C
C
C
C
C
C

Elective subjects (Please select three of the following Electives)
4

SWD 400S Software Engineering & Design 4

12 0.100 C

CPZ 400S

Computer Security 4

12 0.100 C

HIF400S

12 0.100 C

INF400S

Health Informatics Fundamentals 4
Information and Technology
Management

12 0.100 C

NOTE: Students must pass Development Software 4 before they can continue with Advanced
Development Software 4.

Exclusion Rules and Appeal Procedure
Exclusion rules
A student will be excluded if the qualification is not completed within the University’s prescribed period
of four registered years from the date of first registration.
Appeal procedure
Students who are excluded may submit a letter of appeal to the Faculty Board requesting an extension
of their registration.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

209

M TECH: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
Duration: A minimum of one calendar year full-time or two consecutive calendar years part-time and a
maximum of five years, after which time the candidate will not be allowed to re-register or continue with
his/her studies. Students who wish to interrupt their studies must apply to the Senate on the prescribed
application form that is available on the University’s website.
Venue:

Cape Town Campus

Course Aim
Graduates develop the knowledge and skills required to conduct independent research in graphic design
and to contribute significantly to knowledge production through the understanding, application and
evaluation of existing and new knowledge.
Course Structure
This programme consists of a comprehensive full research project culminating in a thesis. For the
duration of the course the student is placed under the guidance of an approved supervisor(s) who will
assist and guide the candidate throughout his/her studies.
In their thesis, Masters’ candidates must prove that they understand a particular problem in the industry
in which they have done their research, are able to analyse and set it out logically, are able to arrive
at logical conclusions or a diagnosis of the problem and are then able to make proposals for the
improvement/elimination of the problem. The research problem, its justification, process and outcome
are reported in a thesis. The thesis must comply with the normal general technical requirements and
rules with regard to scope, quality and layout.
Career Opportunities
Graduates can follow a career in research and development in the industry, or be employed at research
institutes. They are also employed in teaching and research positions in higher education institutions.
Admission Requirements
A B Tech: Information Technology or an equivalent four-year qualification in an appropriate discipline.
English proficiency
In addition to the criteria for admission, international students from countries where English is not the
official language must demonstrate proof of English proficiency.
Approval by Higher Degrees Committee
The title of the dissertation/thesis, as well as the names and qualifications of the appointed supervisors,
must be approved by the Higher Degrees Committee before a student can commence with his/her
studies.

DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

210

M TECH: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

R5IT01R

Thesis

None

120

1.000 C

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Subject Code

Year/Sem Subject

Period of Study

Qualification Code: MTINFR

n/a

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the M Tech degree: 1

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

211

M TECH: BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Duration: A minimum of one calendar year full-time or two consecutive calendar years part-time and a
maximum of five years, after which time the candidate will not be allowed to re-register or continue with
his/her studies. Students who wish to interrupt their studies must apply to the Senate on the prescribed
application form that is available on the University’s website.
Venue:

Cape Town Campus

Course Aim
Graduates develop the knowledge and skills required to conduct independent research in Information
Technologyand to contribute significantly to knowledge production through the understanding, application
and evaluation of existing and new knowledge.
Course Structure
This programme consists of a comprehensive full research project culminating in a thesis. For the
duration of the course the student is placed under the guidance of an approved supervisor(s) who will
assist and guide the candidate throughout his/her studies.
In their thesis, Masters’ candidates must prove that they understand a particular problem in the industry
in which they have done their research, are able to analyse and set it out logically, are able to arrive
at logical conclusions or a diagnosis of the problem and are then able to make proposals for the
improvement/elimination of the problem. The research problem, its justification, process and outcome
are reported in a thesis. The thesis must comply with the normal general technical requirements and
rules with regard to scope, quality and layout.
Career Opportunities
Graduates can follow a career in research and development in the industry, or be employed at research
institutes. They are also employed in teaching and research positions in higher education institutions.
Admission Requirements
A B Tech: Information Technology or an equivalent four-year qualification in an appropriate discipline.
English proficiency
In addition to the criteria for admission, international students from countries where English is not the
official language must demonstrate proof of English proficiency.
Approval by Higher Degrees Committee
The title of the dissertation/thesis, as well as the names and qualifications of the appointed supervisors,
must be approved by the Higher Degrees Committee before a student can commence with his/her
studies.

DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

212

M TECH: BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes
None

120

.333

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

Thesis

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Subject Code
R5BI01R

HEMIS Credit

SAQA Exit Credit

Year/Sem Subject

Period of Study

Qualification Code: MTBISR

n/a

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the M Tech degree: 1

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

213

D TECH: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
Duration: A minimum of two consecutive calendar years and a maximum of six years, after which the
candidate will not be allowed to re-register or continue with his/her studies.
Venue:

Cape Town Campus

Course Aim
The purpose of this programme is to develop the competence to conduct independent research under
minimal guidance in the field ofInformation Technology.
Course Structure
This is a research-based course in which the student is placed under the guidance of a supervisor/s
who will assist with both the practical and theoretical or written research components of the course. It
comprises an advanced research project culminating in a dissertation.
In dissertations, students must provide proof of original and creative thinking and problem-solving and
must make a real contribution to the solving of a particular problem in the industry to which their
research applies. The dissertations must comply with the normal technical requirements and rules with
regard to scope, quality and layout.
Career Opportunities
Graduates can follow a career in research and development in the industry, or be employed at research
institutes. They are also employed in teaching and research positions in higher education institutions.
Admission Requirements
An M Tech: Information Technology or equivalent Masters’ qualification in an appropriate discipline.
English proficiency
In addition to the criteria for admission, international students from countries where English is not the
official language must demonstrate proof of English proficiency.
Approval by Higher Degrees Committee
The title of the dissertation/thesis, as well as the names and qualifications of the appointed supervisors,
must be approved by the Higher Degrees Committee before a student can commence with his/her
studies.

DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

214

D TECH: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

R6IT01R

Thesis

None

120

1.000 C

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Subject Code

Year/Sem Subject

Period of Study

Qualification Code: DTINFR

n/a

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the D Tech degree: 1

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

215

D TECH: INFORMATICS
Duration: A minimum of two consecutive calendar years and a maximum of six years, after which the
candidate will not be allowed to re-register or continue with his/her studies.
Venue:

Cape Town Campus

Course Aim
The purpose of this programme is to develop the competence to conduct independent research under
minimal guidance in the field ofI nformation Technology.
Course Structure
This is a research-based course in which the student is placed under the guidance of a supervisor/s
who will assist with both the practical and theoretical or written research components of the course. It
comprises an advanced research project culminating in a dissertation.
In dissertations, students must provide proof of original and creative thinking and problem-solving and
must make a real contribution to the solving of a particular problem in the industry to which their
research applies. The dissertations must comply with the normal technical requirements and rules with
regard to scope, quality and layout.
Career Opportunities
Graduates can follow a career in research and development in the industry, or be employed at research
institutes. They are also employed in teaching and research positions in higher education institutions.
Admission Requirements
An M Tech: Information Technology or equivalent Masters’ qualification in an appropriate discipline.
English proficiency
In addition to the criteria for admission, international students from countries where English is not the
official language must demonstrate proof of English proficiency.
Approval by Higher Degrees Committee
The title of the dissertation/thesis, as well as the names and qualifications of the appointed supervisors,
must be approved by the Higher Degrees Committee before a student can commence with his/her
studies.

DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

216

D TECH: INFORMATICS

R6IN01R

Thesis

None

120

1.000 C

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Subject Code

Year/Sem Subject

Period of Study

Qualification Code: DTINMR

n/a

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the D Tech degree: 1

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

217

CORE SYLLABI FOR THE HIGHER CERTIFICATE IN
INFORMATION & COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY
Please note that the details below are a summarised version of the syllabus. Please refer to the individual
subject guides for more detail.

Business Practice 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Introduction to business and economics, Ethics and social responsibility, Business in a global
economy, Choosing a form of business ownership, Small business, entrepreneurship and franchises, Understanding
information and e-business, Using accounting information, Mastering financial management, Entrepreneurship
and innovation, Entrepreneur & managing creativity, Building capabilities for MTI success
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Computer Applications 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Exposure to the functioning of a set of standard computer applications. The development of
computer applications by demonstrating the mechanics of these applications. A pragmatic black box approach
to expose the workings of programming code. The development of logic diagrams to explain the functioning of
computer applications. Explain the principles of functional design logic of computer software applications. Explain
the functional design logic of a suite of standard computer software routines and/or applications.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Computer Hardware 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Computer hardware (computer parts and tools), Introduction to virtual PC assembling, Working
inside the computer, All about motherboards, Supporting processors, Upgrading memory, Supporting hard drives,
Supporting I/O and storage devices, Installing windows operating systems, Maintaining windows, Optimising
windows, Supporting printers, Security strategies.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

218

Computer Networks 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Networking components and types of networks, Networking medium and topologies, Describe
different network topologies, Describe the difference between the logical and physical topologies, Explain the
purpose and properties of APIPA and DHCP, Compare and contrast different wireless technologies, Describe
different types of networking devices, Compare the layers of the OSI and TCP/IP models, Classify how application,
devices and protocols relate to the OSI model layers, Explain the purpose and properties of IP addressing, Identify
common TCP and UDP default ports, Explain the function of the common networking protocols, Use of packet
tracer to design the network, Planning the addressing structure, IP addressing, Introduction to networking with
windows, Connecting to and setting up a network.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Computer Software 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: This is not a typical structured software development offering, but is intended to provide students
with practical hands-on exposure to the workings of computer programmes. How to systematically deconstruct
a suite of example software programmes and then modify them. The workings of selected Excel VBA routines,
JAVA desktop and web code and mobile applications. The programme designs logic at a basic functional
level. Introduction to the concepts of software architecture, and object orientation and sequential programming
approaches. Opening these applications and making minor modifications to the code for various outcomes. How
to restructure the software as required.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Information Technology Services Practice 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: User support management and product evaluation, Needs analysis and assessment, Installing
and managing computers, Training computer users, End user documentation.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

219

Information Technology Services Project 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Service desk, IT services project, Activities logbook, Project outputs and outcomes, Project
presentation, Two weeks internship.
Project I is focused on constructing a portfolio of evidence (paper-based or electronic), which will not only reflect
work done at this level but also serve as a device for recording professional exposure. It is imperative for students
to engage and shape the project towards achieving the required exposure and implementation to achieve the
desired outcomes.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Information Technology Services Theory 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Introduction to computer user support, customer service skills, Troubleshooting skills for
computer problems, Common support problems, Defining a help desk (incident management).
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Personal Communication 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Communication theory, Communicating non-verbally, Barriers to communication, Self-image
and awareness, Intercultural communication, Communicating in groups, Problem solving in groups.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Quantitative Techniques
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Basic computer mathematics, Functions and equations, Trigonometry and Geometry, Quantitative
techniques.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Strategic Communications 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Business Procedures, Team dynamics, Oral reports and presentations, Mass media, Social
media and media literacy.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

220

CORE SYLLABI FOR THE DIPLOMA IN
INFORMATION & COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY IN
APPLICATIONS DEVELOPMENT, COMMUNICATION
NETWORKS & MULTIMEDIA APPLICATIONS
Please note that the details below are a summarised version of the syllabus. Please refer to the individual
subject guides for more detail.

Applications Development Foundations 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The basic building blocks for a novice software developer are developed. This content includes
exposure to software application tools and software design techniques and methodologies utilising modern
computer and network equipment.
On completion, the student will be able to develop basic software applications, which include using the appropriate
programming concepts and design tools, including file manipulation, arrays, databases, and OO methodologies,
and provide support services.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Applications Development Fundamentals 2
Pre-requisites: ICT Fundamentals 1
Course Outline: This subject covers courses over three qualifications, namely Application Development,
Communication Networks and Multimedia Applications.
The subject provides students with an appreciation for the fundamental building blocks applied in the creation and
maintenance of software artefacts (i.e. business application software).
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

221

Applications Development Practice 2
Pre-requisites: Application Development Foundations 1
Course Outline: In this course the practical implementation of theoretical concepts is pursued. The course is
largely practical and consists of computer lab work. The software tools are the industry standard C and C++ in a
Windows and Linux environment.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Applications Development Practice 3
Pre-requisites: Application Development Theory & Practice 2, Information Systems 2
Course Outline: In this course the practical implementation of theoretical concepts is pursued. The course is
largely practical and consists of computer lab work. The software tools are the industry standard Java and C++,
Oracle tools in a Windows and Linux environment.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Applications Development Theory 2
Pre-requisites: Application Development Foundations 1
Course Outline: The aim of the subject is to teach students to be able to design, implement and maintain software
products and systems to meet specified needs so that they function reliably and their production and maintenance
are cost effective. On completion of this unit students will be able to develop more complex applications that can
include different frameworks, using different methods and also on different platforms. Students will also be able
to maintain, document, integrate and enhance existing software systems, communicate effectively in a team,
effectively test and debug programs and apply effective security measures.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Applications Development Theory 3
Pre-requisites: Application Development Theory & Practice 2, Information Systems 2
Course Outline: This is the terminal offering in the Application Development domain. On completion of this unit
students will be able to develop software artefacts for different environments, including databases, the internet
and mobile applications. Students will be able to use appropriate analysis and design tools, produce effective,
economical and maintainable software solutions and manage and participate as team members in software
projects.

DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

222

Applications Development Theory 3
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Business Practice 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: This course provides students with exposure to the basic principles of business practice.
The course forms part of a Higher Certificate in ICT programme, focusing on IT Services. It is also an Elective
course within the Diploma in ICT programme that currently supports specialisation in Applications Development,
Communication Networks and Multimedia Applications. Topics covered are Information technology support
services, Economics, politics and social philosophies, Business practice and Business accounting practice.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Communication Networks Design 2
Pre-requisites: Communication Networks Foundations 1
Course Outline: In this subject students are introduced to the design process that they will use to design a
medium-sized network. They will use various design software packages to draw physical and logical network
diagrams of their solution.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Communication Networks Design 3
Pre-requisites: Communication Networks Theory 2, Practice 2 and Design 2
Course Outline: This subject enables the student to develop the skills to design a solution based on effectively
analysing the needs of the user, determining the best solution and reflecting on the design process.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Communication Networks Foundations 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: In this subject students are introduced to the networking world, its terminology, protocols,
standards and standards bodies, network topologies and architectures.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

223

Communication Networks Fundamentals 2
Pre-requisites: ICT Fundamentals 1
Course Outline: This subject covers courses over three qualifications, namely Application Development,
Communication Networks and Multimedia Applications.
In this subject students are introduced to the internet, its development, its uses and its social impact. Students
are expected to show competence in effectively using the internet to enhance their learning experience and avoid
the pitfalls when using the internet to gather information.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Communication Networks Practice 2
Pre-requisites: Communication Networks Foundations 1
Course Outline: In this subject students learn to configure routers for DHCP, NAT/PAT, static and dynamic routes
and STP on switches. The CCNA modules on routing and switching are used. Competencies in this subject will be
assessed through hands-on skills assessment in the networking laboratory.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Communication Networks Practice 3
Pre-requisites: Communication Networks Theory 2, Practice 2 and Design 2
Course Outline: Students will implement and deploy a secure network in a lab environment, ensuring that
networking standards are maintained. This process will lead the student through the design phase to the testing
and implementation phase. Students are expected to display competency in installing software and configuring
devices with capabilities to enhance the experience of the user.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Communication Networks Theory 2
Pre-requisites: Communication Networks Foundations 1
Course Outline: In this subject students are exposed to IPv4 addressing, routers and routing. The development
of the switched network is also covered.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

224

Communication Networks Theory 3
Pre-requisites: Communication Networks Theory 2, Practice 2 and Design 2
Course Outline: The emphasis is for students to develop an appreciation of modern technologies and the
requirement to integrate these technologies into existing and new communication networks. Students must know
the effect these technologies will have on the overall performance of the network.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

ICT Fundamentals 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The course comprises two subjects, Computer Networks 1 and Computer Hardware.
Computer Networks 1
This subject introduces students to computer networking, its terminology, components, protocols, standards and
standard bodies. The Network Fundamentals module of the Cisco Academy programme is used for the theory and
practical component of this course.
Computer Hardware 1
This subject introduces students to the computer, types of computer devices, its components and its connection
to the network and internet. Students will work in groups to build and maintain computer-related equipment and
install patches and software. IT Essentials 1 of the Cisco Academy programme is used for the theoretical and
practical component of this subject.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

ICT Electives 2
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: This course provides students with an opportunity for enriched exposure to a diverse and
open-ended range of ICT-related and other topics. Topics address topical issues relating to cutting-edge ICT
technologies, but also feature topics of general interest and of a trans-disciplinary nature.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

225

ICT Electives 3
Pre-requisites: ICT Electives 2
Course Outline: This course provides students with an opportunity for enriched exposure to a diverse and
open-ended range of ICT-related and other topics. Topics address topical issues relating to cutting-edge ICT
technologies, but also feature topics of general interest and of a trans-disciplinary nature. The two courses are
both at an NQF level 6, but some topics may be more suitable for second year students while others may be more
suitable for final year students.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Information Management 2
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: This course is designed to expose multi-disciplinary students to the tools, techniques and
processes that enable the collection and management of information from one or more sources and the
distribution of that information to one or more audiences. The coverage includes a study from the perspective of
those who have a stake in, or a right to that information. Management means the organisation of and control over
the structure, processing and delivery of information.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Information Systems 2
Pre-requisites: Application Development Foundations 1
Course Outline: This module covers the systems development life cycle and deals with the work of a Systems
Analyst/ Designer, Systems Architect or Database Administrator. The different development approaches are
covered, as well as database design using the Oracle relational database. Through partnerships with Oracle
Corporation, IBM, Microsoft and other major software manufacturers, CPUT is able to provide a modern, wellequipped environment for the study of software production.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Information Systems 3
Pre-requisites: Application Development Theory & Practice 2, Information Systems 2
Course Outline: This subject covers the implementation and management of the software development effort.
The introductory level work would have been mastered at level 2. The terminal level thus focuses on system
integration, modelling and the advanced aspects of managing the software life cycle.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

226

Multimedia Foundations 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Multimedia Foundations 1 deals with the fundamentals and history of multimedia. By using
the web page as a platform, the constituent elements of the platform, as well as integrating media that can
be produced, sourced and edited, are discussed with respect to performance and size considerations. Media
elements are either acquired or produced within the subject. Layout and design aspects are introduced to produce
the website that ultimately demonstrates synthesis of the topics.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Multimedia Applications Fundamentals 2
Pre-requisites: ICT Fundamentals 1
Course Outline: This subject covers courses over three qualifications, namely Application Development,
Communication Networks and Multimedia Applications.
The course provides students with a critical and reflective exploration of the evolution of and relationship between
media and technology, and how each has influenced the other.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Multimedia Design 2
Pre-requisites: Multimedia Foundations 1
Course Outline: Communication is the underlying purpose behind multimedia applications and systems. The
subject intends to introduce students to and develop their skills in the communication and design aspects of
the multimedia industry. Fundamental skills are developed to equip students with an understanding of what is
involved in communication through, and design for, various media platforms. Students employ this understanding
to design media presentations while applying underlying, learnt principles. Aspects relating to design, techniques,
aesthetics, purpose, usability and application are investigated in this subject.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

227

Multimedia Design 3
Pre-requisites: Multimedia Technology 2, Practice 2 and Design 2
Course Outline: Multimedia Design 3 advances the understanding and concepts of Multimedia Design
II by observing, analysing and reflecting on, and subsequently implementing, new approaches to design and
implementation within the multimedia environment. Students explore design against audience needs, consider
the purpose of the treatment and arrive at a unique communication strategy after critical evaluation of varied
approaches. Students explore personal self-reflection, leverage previous understandings of and abilities in
multimedia design, and adapt where necessary to new situations, such as the design of unique multimedia
artefacts.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Multimedia Practice 2
Pre-requisites: Multimedia Foundations 1
Course Outline: In order to communicate effectively in an electronic and visual medium, students are required to
be competent in employing various tools to develop the message from concept to presentation. This subject aims
at exposing students to typical, industry-related tools so that they may achieve intermediate competence in the
employment of these, while producing real media artefacts and presentations.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Multimedia Practice 3
Pre-requisites: Multimedia Technology 2, Practice 2 and Design 2
Course Outline: In order to communicate effectively in an electronic and visual medium, students are required to
be competent in employing various tools to develop the message from concept to presentation. This subject aims
at exposing students to typical, industry-related tools so that they may achieve intermediate competence in the
employment of these, while producing real media artefacts and presentations.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Multimedia Technology 2
Pre-requisites: Multimedia Foundations 1
Course Outline: Multimedia Technology 2 provides students with the necessary skills to be able to design
standardised interactive websites using scripting and database techniques. Emphasis is placed on the students’
ability to interpret technologies to produce multimedia elements.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

228

Multimedia Technology 3
Pre-requisites: Multimedia Technology 2, Practice 2 and Design 2
Course Outline: Multimedia Technology 3 provides students with the necessary skills to be able to design an
interactive website using advanced server-side scripting and database development techniques. Emphasis is
placed on students’ ability to inter-connect and integrate different technologies and web frameworks as well as
to apply industry best practices for a web-enabled enterprise level application.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Professional Communications 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: This subject equips students with critical academic and professional skills intended to enhance
their performance in the academic and workplace environments. It aims to achieve this by focusing on three
learning areas, namely personal communication, strategic communication and academic literacies. The area of
academic literacies covers literacy, basic research skills, critical thinking and problem-solving skills, academic
writing and report writing skills.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Professional Communications 2
Pre-requisites: Professional Communications 1
Course Outline: This course provides students with a wide range of personal and professional skills that can
enhance their success in an ICT diploma programme and/or in the workplace. The course covers the following
themes: self-awareness, worldview, self-actualisation and globalisation. It also covers technology in corporate
communication, team management and media and ICT in Africa, as well as business and technical communication
skills. In addition, the course also focuses on intensive reading and critical analysis of texts, research methods,
application and academic writing skills.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

229

Professional Practice 3
Pre-requisites: Professional Practice 2
Course Outline: This subject provides students with professional business acumen and a wide range of other
related concepts that allow for a smooth transition into the world of work. The subject focuses on professional
practice, entrepreneurial skills and academic research. Professional practice and entrepreneurial skills are
important in assisting students to effectively cope in the ICT industry. It can also serve as a means to minimise
students’ risk of failure when placed in the industry. Academic literacy and research in particular provides a
foundation for students who want to further their studies (post-graduate).
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Programming 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: This course comprises two subject areas, Computer Software 1 and Computer Applications 1.
Computer Software I
This is not a typical, structured software development offering, but is intended to provide students with practical
hands-on exposure to the workings of computer programmes. The course demonstrates the workings of
selected Excel VBA routines, JAVA desktop and web code, and mobile applications. Students are exposed to the
programme design logic at a basic, functional level. They are introduced to the concepts of software architecture,
object orientation and sequential programming approaches.
Computer Applications I
This course provides students with exposure to the functioning of a set of standard computer applications. The
intention is to create excitement about the development of computer applications by demonstrating the mechanics
of these applications. A pragmatic black box approach is used to expose the workings of programming code. The
development of logic diagrams to explain the functioning of computer applications is promoted in this course.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

PROJECT 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: This course provides students with an opportunity to integrate learning across the first year
curriculum and deliver an integrated project that reflects the appropriate academic standard for the level.
Project I is focused on constructing a portfolio of evidence (paper-based or electronic), which will not only reflect
work done at this level but also serve as a device for recording professional exposure. Students are exposed to
Microsoft Project as a tool for generating the Project Management Plan. Topics covered are Portfolio evidence,
Academic projects, Activities logbook, Project outputs and outcomes, and Project presentation.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

230

Project 2
Pre-requisites: Project 1
Course Outline: This course provides students with an opportunity to integrate learning across the second year
curriculum and deliver an integrated project consistent with industry practice within a particular specialisation.
Aspects of the project will be delivered through individual effort while other aspects may be achieved through
teamwork and collaboration. Project 2 is focused on the world of work or industry exposure and it is imperative
that students engage and shape the project to achieve the required exposure and implementation to achieve the
desired outcomes.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Project 3
Pre-requisites: Project 2
Course Outline: This course provides students with an opportunity to integrate learning across the third year
curriculum and deliver an integrated project consistent with industry practice within a particular specialisation.
Aspects of the project will be delivered through individual effort while other aspects may be achieved through
teamwork and collaboration. Project 3 is focused on professional practice and it is imperative that students
engage and shape the project to achieve the required exposure and implementation to achieve the desired
outcomes.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Project Management 3
Pre-requisites: Project Management 2
Course Outline: This course provides students with exposure to the basic principles of project management.
The course is a compulsory course within the Diploma in ICT programme that currently supports specialisation
in Applications Development, Communication Networks and Multimedia Applications. Although project
management has been an established field for many years, managing information technology requires ideas and
information that go beyond standard project management. By weaving together theory and practice, this course
presents an understandable, integrated view of the many concepts, skills, tools and techniques involved in project
management.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

231

Project Presentation 3
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: This course provides students with an opportunity to showcase their Portfolios of Evidence
as a culminating demonstration to the broad disciplinary exposure that they have experienced over the course
of the Diploma curriculum and particularly their final year of study. It is also an opportunity for students to
market themselves to the industry and/or venture capitalists to secure industry placement, or to launch their own
entrepreneurial ventures.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CORE SYLLABI FOR THE B TECH: INFORMATION
TECHNOLOGY
•
•
•

Software Development
Communications Network
Information & Technology Management

Please note that the details below are a summarised version of the syllabus. Please refer to the individual subject
guides for more detail.

Advanced Communication Networks 4
Pre-requisites: Communication Networks 4
Course Outline: The subject scope covers optical data networks on introductory level such as advantages of
optical data networks over traditional wired data networks, concepts, principles, major network devices structure
and functionality, typical architectures, future trends and perspectives.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Advanced Development Software 4
Pre-requisites: Development Software 4
Course Outline: This subject is a follow-up to Development Software 4, with a strong emphasis on serviceoriented architecture, design patterns and principles of algorithm formulation. Critical reasoning with respect to
the rationale for design choices is emphasised.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

232

Advanced Information Technology Management 4
Pre-requisites: Advanced Information Technology Management
Course Outline: This subject comprises the following topics, namely the role of strategic information within an
organisation, the use of strategic tools within a specified business context, strategic planning with a specific focus
on an organisation’s information systems, and the integration of IT and IS plans within an organisation’s strategic
business plan.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Business Fundamentals 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The aim of this subject is to make the essentially technically-oriented students more aware of
the world of business and management. Business Fundamentals is divided into two sections. Section one deals
with the world of business and includes talks on basic economics, law, politics, Porter’s value chain, the business
environment and the PESTEL analysis model. Section 2 focuses on business from an internal perspective by
looking at the key generic functions as identified by Porter, such as finance, marketing, etc. An overview of
management practices within the South African context is also given.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Computer Security 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Computer Security is an Elective subject and is thus designed to meet the needs of all of
the B Tech IT streams. It considers information and computer security from both technical and management
perspectives and covers issues such as risk assessment and mitigation, firewalls, encryption and the Public Key
Infrastructure, malware, physical and logical security, biometrics, security policies and the role of the security
specialist.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

233

Data Administration 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: This subject provides students with sufficient skills to be able to understand and apply the issue
of data administration within an organisation. It enables students to work in teams as well as individually while
considering the latest trends in data handling to make the organisation more competitive. Data Administration
is a combination of activities, standard methods, human resources and technology for the central planning,
documentation and management of data from the perspective of their meaning and value to the organisation
as a whole. It also deals with the control, acquisition, analysis, storage, retrieval, distribution and communication
of data. The responsibility or organisation is done effectively and efficiently in automated information systems.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Database Systems 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The aim of this subject is to provide students with sufficient skills to be able to effectively design
database structures to support IT business systems, apply modern analysis techniques and methodologies and
design and implement internet solutions in a client-server environment.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Development Software 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Development Software 4 is intended to provide participants with high-level theoretical skills and
to combine theory with practice in a way that allows participants to make effective use of theoretical concepts in
practical situations. Focus is placed on specification and design of large software systems using object-oriented
design principles.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Health Informatics Fundamentals 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: At the end of this subject the student should have the basic knowledge and skills in ICT as
required and used in medicine and healthcare to be prepared for a career in Health Informatics in academic,
healthcare, government or industrial settings.
The following topics are covered in this subject, namely Basic terms and concepts in Health Informatics, Legal
and ethical issues, Health care systems using information for healthcare professionals, Using health information
for patients and communities, Information systems in healthcare, Using information technologies in healthcare,
Socio-technical issues in healthcare, Integration of service, work and information flows in practice, Principles of
project management (integrated with other topics) and information recording in healthcare.

DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

234

Health Informatics Fundamentals 4
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Information & Technology Management 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The subject comprises the following topics, namely How information systems/IT are integrated
into an organisation’s business processes, The basic strategic elements of IS information systems, Business tools
that are used to determine the strategic IS plans for an organisation, Management requirements to develop an IS
system, How information systems are used to communicate within an organisation, Issues around outsourcing,
in-sourcing, buying or building IS systems, and Recommendations regarding the selection and acquisition of IS
and IT software and hardware.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Networks 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Networks 4 provides students with sufficient skills to be able to understand and apply the issues
of networking, including CCNP training for advanced skills in building enterprise level, switched networks and
applications, integrate advanced technologies such as VoiP and Wireless, and troubleshooting skills. It enables
students to work in teams as well as individually while considering the latest trends in data communication to
make the organisation more competitive. The course is presented as a semester course and the work is covered
over a period of six months.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Project 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The aim of Project 4 is to provide students with sufficient skills to identify an appropriate and
attainable research problem, conduct a literature study that identifies all of the main issues of the research study,
generate appropriate research questions to guide the research, identify and describe the main components of the
research, present the research study using visual communication, conduct the research within the constraints
identified and present it in a written format, present the research study to a panel of academics and compile a
portfolio with all of the research deliverables.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Project Management 4
Pre-requisites: None

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

235

Project Management 4
Course Outline: Project Management 4 provides students with the ability to work on projects in an information
technology setting. While many examples are discussed of project management in a software setting and a
networking setting, for the most part the principles of project management are presented in a fashion that
allows for their use in a number of other settings. This is achieved by an emphasis on the fundamental concepts
underlying project management and the issues and techniques that often arise in praxis.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Research Methodology
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The aim of Research Methodology is to provide students with sufficient skills to explain the aim
of research and the types of knowledge and the difference between types of research and research paradigms
as well as research methods, to identify and describe the research process, research topic, title and research
problem, to explain how to conduct the study, collect, analyse and present the data, conduct a literature study and
present a review of a specific research topic, apply appropriate statistical techniques to sets of data and to explain
concepts such as data, information, knowledge, variables, validity, reliability, deductive and inductive reasoning,
and to conceptualise and operationalise the research process.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Software Engineering & Design 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Software Engineering & Design 4 involves the specification, design, construction and verification
of large software systems. This course is aimed at extending students’ knowledge of the entire software
development process. The purpose of software engineering is to adapt engineering practices to software
development, in order to design better software that is characterised by maintainability, correctness, re-usability,
portability and efficiency.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Strategic Information Systems 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The aim of Strategic Information Systems 4 is to provide students with sufficient knowledge
to define strategic information systems and indicate how it can be applied, describe the major features of an
Enterprise Information System (EIS), evaluate the differences between different types of EIS, evaluate and apply
various business models to the information of a specified enterprise, describe an ERP system, describe and model
different business processes and their importance to an organisation, identify and describe appropriate tools to
re-organise a business based on its business processes and to describe the appropriate quality metrics and
quality initiatives and their associated tools.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA STUDIES

236

DEPARTMENTAL STAFF
Name
Prof N Bechan

Position
Head of Department

Telephone

Fax

E-mail

021 469 1050 021 469 1002 bechann@cput.ac.za

Journalism, Photography & Public Relations Management
Ms N Rice

Secretary

021 469 1042 021 460 1042 ricen@cput.ac.za

Film and Video Technology
Ms C Fairley

Administrative Assistant

021 460 3198 021 460 3198 fairleyc@cput.ac.za

ACADEMIC STAFF (PERMANENT)
Name
Head of Department
Prof N Bechan

Qualifications
HED, BA, BA Hons, MA, PhD (Media & Com)

Senior Lecturers
Mr IAC Meyer

NC: Photog., ND: Photog, NHD: Photog, M Tech: Graph. Des

Mr J Mathurine

ND: Journ, B Tech (Journ), Masters Degree in Journ & Media Studies

Ms ME Pike

B.Journ, MBL, HDHET, APR (Prisa)

Ms D A Porthen

ND: PRM, BTech: PRM, M Tech: PRM

Dr N Theo

Lecturers
Ms R Abrahams

ND: PRM, B. Tech: PRM, M Tech: PRM

Mr C Adonis

Second. Teachers’ Dip. ND: Photog., B Tech: Photog, B.Sc

Mr J Borkum

BA (Hons), M Degree in Broadcast & Elect. Comm Arts

Dr A Jamal

BA Hons, MA, PhD

Mr C King

MA Journ & Media Studies
BA General Degree, BA Special Hons Degree, Post-grad Dip. Media & Comm.,
MSc Media & Soc. Studies, PhD
ND: PRM, BTech: PRM, M Tech: PRM

Dr B Makwambeni
Ms T Nondzube

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

Name

237

Qualifications

Ms A Toyer

ND: PRM, BTech: PRM, M Tech: PRM

Ms Z Vallie

ND: Photog., NHD: Photog

QUALIFICATIONS OFFERED
Film & Video Technology
Undergrad / Qualification
Postgrad
Type

Qual
Code

Undergraduate National Diploma NDFVTC

Qualification Name
ND: Film & Video
Technology

Campus
Offered

Minimum
WorkDuration Integrated
(Years)
Learning

Cape Town 3 years

1 year

Journalism
Undergrad / Qualification
Postgrad
Type

Qual
Code

Qualification Name

Campus
Offered

Minimum
WorkDuration Integrated
(Years)
Learning

Undergraduate National Diploma NDJURN ND: Journalism

Cape Town 3 years

6 months

Undergraduate B Tech Degree

Cape Town 1 year

n/a

BTJOUN B Tech: Journalism

Photography
Undergrad / Qualification
Postgrad
Type

Qual
Code

Qualification Name

Campus
Offered

Minimum
WorkDuration Integrated
(Years)
Learning

Undergraduate National Diploma NDPHGY ND: Photography

Cape Town 3 years

3 years

Undergraduate B Tech Degree

Cape Town 1 year

1 year

Cape Town 1 year

1 year

Cape Town 2 years

2 years

Post-graduate M Tech Degree
Post-graduate D Tech Degree

BTPHGY B Tech: Photography
M Tech Design:
Photography
D Tech Design:
DTDESR
Photography
MTDESR

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA STUDIES

238

Public Relations Management
Undergrad / Qualification
Postgrad
Type

Qual
Code

Qualification Name

ND: Public Relations
Management
B Tech: Public Relations
BTPRMT
Management
M Tech: Public
MTPRMC Relations Management
(course-driven degree)
M Tech: Public
Relations Management
MTPRMR
(research-based
degree)

Campus
Offered

Minimum WorkDuration Integrated
(Years) Learning

Undergraduate National Diploma NDPRMT

Cape Town 3 years

1 year

Undergraduate B Tech Degree

Cape Town 1 year

n/a

Cape Town 1 year

n/a

Cape Town 1 year

n/a

Post-graduate M Tech Degree

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

239

ND: FILM & VIDEO TECHNOLOGY
Duration: Full-time – three years (including a period of Work Integrated Learning in the third year of
the course)
Venue:

Cape Town Campus

Course Aim
The programme cultivates a supportive environment to maximise growth and to foster a professional
work ethic. The aim of the course is to shape students for the real world of film and television production
and to stimulate industry conditions as closely as possible.
High quality learning opportunities are offered for students to gain valuable experience and reach their
full potential. Classes are small, with practical hands-on sessions supported by appropriate theory.
During the three-year programme, the student will be involved in producing, writing, filming, editing,
recording and mixing sound and lighting for one or all of the following: documentary, music video, public
service announcement and short fiction films.
Career Opportunities
Students are prepared for careers in the feature film, commercial, video, television and sound industries.
Admission Requirements
• Candidates currently completing their matric (National Senior Certificate) can only be provisionally
accepted, whereas candidates who have already completed matric can be formally accepted if they
meet the criteria below.
• Candidates’ matric results will be assessed according to a points score counted by adding the rating
of the best five subjects, as per the achievement levels detailed in the National Senior Certificate.
Candidates must achieve a minimum of 20 points for matric (or for their mock matric exams) in
order to qualify for consideration. Candidates must perform well in English, with a minimum of the
equivalent of achievement level 4 for matric.
• All candidates must submit a letter of motivation with their application.
• Candidates with scores of 20 points and above will be considered and short-listed on the basis of
a letter of motivation that demonstrates adequate proficiency in English and compelling passion to
become a film-maker.

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA STUDIES

•

240

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

241

ND: FILM & VIDEO TECHNOLOGY

0.100 C

FAD100S

Film Appreciation & Development 1

20.04 0.167 C

FPR100S

Production Practice 1

0.100 C

FVP100S

Video Production 1

0.100 C

ITV100S

Introduction to Video 1

0.100 C

PPP100S

Post-Production Practice 1

0.100 C

PRA100S

Practical Productions 1

0.100 C

COM200S Communication Science 2

COM111S 5

20.04 0.167 C

DPP200S Directing & Pre-Production Practice 2

DPP100S 5

0.100 C

FAD200S

Film Appreciation & Development 2

FAD100S

20.04 0.167 C

FPR200S

Production Practice 2

FPR100S

0.100 C

FSC100S

Film Science 1

0.100 C

PPP200S

Post-Production Practice 2

PPP100S

0.100 C

PRA200S

Practical Productions 2

PRA100S

20.04 0.167 C

DPP300S Directing & Pre-Production Practice 3 C

DPP200S 6

20.04 0.167 C

FPR300S

Production Practice 3

FPR200S

20.04 0.167 C

FVI300S

Film & Video In-Service Training

0.500 C

PPP300S

Post-Production Practice 3

PPP200S

20.04 0.167 C

PRA300S

Practical Productions 3

PRA200S

20.04 0.167 C

Subject Code

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the National Diploma: 20

Assessment Type
Summative
Assessment

20.04 0.167 C

HEMIS Credit

SAQA Exit Credit

DPP100S Directing & Pre-Production Practice 1 C

NQF Level

COM111S Communication Science 1

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

Compulsory or
Elective

Year/Sem Subject

Subject Name

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: NDFVTC

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA STUDIES

242

Promotion Criteria
Students will be promoted to the following year of study, provided that all subjects at the lower level have
been passed. All subjects must be passed with a 50% minimum for promotion. All the practical work at
the lower level must have been performed to the prescribed standard.

Re-admission
A student who fails a year may be re-admitted to a level, provided that 50% of the subjects at that level
have been passed.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

243

CORE SYLLABI FOR THE NATIONAL DIPLOMA: FILM
& VIDEO TECHNOLOGY
Please note that the details below are a summarised version of the syllabus. Please refer to the individual subject
guides for more detail.

Communication Science 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The course deals with information gathering and basic research concepts, together with an
introduction to communication theory.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Communication Science 2
Pre-requisites: Communication Science 1
Course Outline: Following a revision of mass communication theory, students are introduced to how the SA
media industry functions and how the audience can be manipulated by the media. Issues surrounding censorship,
media ownership, representation and media literacy are also analysed and discussed.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Directing & Pre-Production Practice 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The course deals with film language and grammar and narratology. Students are introduced to
the role of the producer, director, screenwriter and other crew, as well as terminology used by the director and
rules of film grammar that the director must apply.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Directing & Pre-Production Practice 2
Pre-requisites: Directing & Pre-Production Practice 1
Course Outline: This courses deals with all aspects of producing a PSA and short film. Students explore the role
of the screenwriter and are introduced to the demanding concepts of story-telling, structure, characterisation and
dialogue and apply these in their own screenplays. The role of the director is explored in more detail, together with
terminology used by the director and rules of film grammar that the director must apply. More advanced writing
and directing skills are practised with an emphasis on how to successfully work with actors.

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA STUDIES

244

Directing & Pre-Production Practice 2
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Directing & Pre-Production Practice 3
Pre-requisites: Directing & Pre-Production Practice 2
Course Outline: The course deals with the ability of the students to develop a story and write the script for the
story, plan and produce the film and prepare a professional prospectus for the product. Three film scripts will
be chosen and developed into a professional product ready for distribution. Weekly tutorial sessions deal with
discussions around media theory and pre-production work needed to make a film.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Film Appreciation & Development 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The course deals with the anatomy that constitutes films and the language needed to analyse
all films. The course discusses how various parts of a film – story, plot, characterisation, theme, tone, style and
film – combine to create a whole.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Film Appreciation & Development 2
Pre-requisites: Film Appreciation & Development 1
Course Outline: In this course students are introduced to the influential periods of film history and to international
film cultures. Various film cultures are examined in order to view their contribution to modern day film production.
The course then deals with an analysis of the South African feature film industry. This is followed by scriptwriting
and character development discussions.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Film Science 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The course covers the aspects of technology related to the principles of HD digital video
production, namely exposure, lighting, grips and sound. It also deals directly with film aesthetics and production
design/art department practice.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

245

Film & Video In-Service Training
Pre-requisites: All first and second year subjects
Course Outline: Level 3 of the Film and Video Programme is the final year of the diploma and is designed
to facilitate a smooth transition between tertiary education and the work environment. The coverage of this
subject extends to various aspects of theoretical and practical film-making required to support mastery of student
learning at an emerging professional level. This includes input on entrepreneurship theory and practice, worksearch skills and workplace-based learning. The in-service training gives students an introduction into the real
world dynamics of film-making in South Africa.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Introduction To Video 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The course covers the aspects of technology related to the principles of digital video production,
namely exposure, lighting, grips and sound.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Practical Productions 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The course deals with film language, grammar and narratology. Students are introduced to the
role of the producer, director, screenwriter and other crew, as well as terminology used by the director and rules
of film grammar that the director must apply.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Practical Productions 2
Pre-requisites: Practical Productions 1
Course Outline: The course covers the aspects of technology related to the principles of HD digital video
production, namely exposure, lighting, grips and sound. It also deals directly with film aesthetics and production
design/art department practice.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Practical Productions 3
Pre-requisites: Practical Productions 2

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA STUDIES

246

Practical Productions 3
Pre-requisites: Practical Productions 2
Course Outline: The course deals with niche and developed aspects of the use of film medium, notably camera,
sound and lighting practice. All three areas are taught by industry professionals.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Production Practice 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The course deals with film language, grammar and narratology. Students are introduced to the
role of the producer, director, screenwriter and other crew, as well as terminology used by the director and rules
of film grammar that the director must apply.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Production Practice 2
Pre-requisites: Production Practice 1
Course Outline: This courses deals with all aspects of producing a PSA and short film. Students explore the role
of the screenwriter and are introduced to the demanding concepts of story-telling, structure, characterisation and
dialogue and apply these in their own screenplays. The role of the director is explored in more detail, together with
terminology used by the director and rules of film grammar that the director must apply. More advanced writing
and directing skills are practised with an emphasis on how to successfully work with actors.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Production Practice 3
Pre-requisites: Production Practice 2
Course Outline: The course deals with the ability of the students to develop a story and write the script for the
story, plan and produce the film and prepare a professional prospectus for the product. Three film scripts will
be chosen and developed into a professional product ready for distribution. Weekly tutorial sessions deal with
discussions around media theory and pre-production work needed to make a film.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

247

Post-Production Practice 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The course deals with the theory and practice of editing motion pictures and sound. Students
are first taught the basics of editing theory and editing conventions and then advance to hands-on work on nonlinear video editing software.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Post-Production Practice 2
Pre-requisites: Post-Production Practice 1
Course Outline: The course deals with the theory and practice of editing motion pictures and sound. Students
build on their skills acquired in the first year and are introduced to advanced editing theory and editing conventions
specifically related to AVID HD. A strong emphasis is also placed on post-production work flows, sound and basic
visual effects.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Post-Production Practice 3
Pre-requisites: Post-Production Practice 2
Course Outline: The course deals with the theory and practice of editing motion pictures and sound. Students
are first taught the basics of editing theory and editing conventions and then advance to hands-on work on nonlinear video editing software.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Video Production 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The course covers the aspects of technology related to the principles of digital video production,
namely exposure, lighting, grips and sound.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA STUDIES

248

ND: JOURNALISM
Duration: Full-time – three years (including a period of Work Integrated Learning in the second
semester of the third year of the course)
Venue:

Cape Town Campus

Course Aim
Students are educated to be sensitive to diversity and transformation. They are expected to undertake
research-driven journalism, including the use of technology in a creative and responsible manner to
serve the profession and society. As an important resource for local and national media organisations,
students are required to complete a period of staff-supervised Work Integrated Learning.
Career Opportunities
A wide variety of possible employment opportunities are available to graduates in the media and
related industries such as : broadcast journalist, sports journalist, newspaper reporter, freelance writer,
copywriter for adverts etc.
Admission Requirements
• An excellent command of English.
• At least a C symbol or 5 points (60%-69%) in English.
• At least a D symbol or 4 points (50%-59%) in the first additional language.
• A keen interest in local, national and international affairs will be an advantage.
• Applicants who meet the first three requirements will be invited to participate in a selection test
comprising mainly English (knowledge of language and writing) and general knowledge.
• Candidates who pass the test will be invited to an interview.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

249

ND: JOURNALISM

0.395 C

MCM100S

Media Communication 1

Code

27.96

0.233 C

MIM100S

Media Information
Management 1

Code

15.84

0.132 C

MPR100S

Media Production 1

Code

28.8

0.240 C

ARG200S

Advanced Reporting 2

Code

0.350 C

MCM200S

Media Communication 2

MCM100S 5

0.200 C

MPR200S

Media Production 2

MPR100S

0.450 C

ARG300S

Advanced Reporting 3

ARG200S

0.250 C

MPR300S

Media Production 3

MPR200S

0.250 C

JPR300S

Media Practice 3

JPR200S

0.500 C

Summative
Assessment

47.4

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

Code

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

News Reporting 1

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

JNR100S

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Year/Sem Subject

Subject Code

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: NDJURN

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the National Diploma: 10

Promotion Criteria
•
•
•

Students will not be allowed to do a second course in a particular subject until they have passed
the first course.
First year students will not be admitted to the second year unless they pass all of the prescribed
subjects in the first year.
Third year students will not be permitted to start in-service training without having passed all of the
first and second year subjects.

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA STUDIES

250

Academic Exclusion Rules and Appeal Procedure
Exclusion rules
• No student is allowed re-admission with a pass of less than 50% of the subjects.
• A student will be excluded if the qualification is not completed within the University’s prescribed
period of six registered years from the date of first registration.
Appeal procedure
Students who are excluded may submit a letter of appeal to the Departmental Exclusion Panel acting on
behalf of the Dean of the Faculty. Unresolved cases will be dealt with by the Faculty Panel, consisting
of the Dean and Departmental HODs. The letter must give detailed reasons for the lack of progress,
e.g.extenuating circumstances such as a death in the family, illness, etc and it must state what plans/
strategies will be put in place to ensure success in the course. A copy of the death certificate must be
attached if this is stated as the reason for the lack of progress.
In the event of a successful appeal, the student will be required to sign a performance contract and
certain conditions are usually attached. If the student is re-admitted and continues to neglect to display
academic progress to the satisfaction of the Department, the student will not be admitted for a further
year of study at the University.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

251

B TECH: JOURNALISM
Duration: Full-time – one year
Venue:

Cape Town Campus

Course Aim
Students are taught how to develop their writing skills. They are also given an introduction to media
management, including the inner workings of newspapers and broadcast houses, and are taught the
basics of research methodology. Classes are usually scheduled to take place after hours and over
weekends.
Career Opportunities
Graduates find employment in a variety of media and related industries. A B Tech in Journalism provides
a good stepping stone to a career in media management.
Admission Requirements
• A National Diploma in Journalism or an equivalent qualification with a pass aggregate of 60%.
• At least one year experience in journalism.
• Applicants who meet the previous two requirements will be invited to an interview.

B TECH: JOURNALISM
Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Subject Code

Year/Sem Subject

Period of Study

Qualification Code: BTJOUN

BRS400S

Basic Research Project 4

None

0.300 C

EMN400S

Editorial Management 4

None

0.100 C

SPR400S

Specialist Reporting 4

None

0.600 C

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the B Tech degree: 3

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA STUDIES

252

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

253

CORE SYLLABI FOR THE NATIONAL DIPLOMA:
JOURNALISM
Please note that the details below are a summarised version of the syllabus. Please refer to the individual subject
guides for more detail.

ADVANCED REPORTING 2
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Developing students’ ability to tell stories that matter. Investigative Reporting:
How to
find information that someone doesn’t want found. Online Media: Updates traditional journalistic methods to
accommodate shifts in the fast-evolving world of New Media.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

ADVANCED REPORTING 3
Pre-requisites: Advanced Reporting 2
Course Outline: Political Economy: Refines students’ understanding of the underlying currents in media by
examining the impact of profit in publishing. TV Production: Develops and extends students’ ability to produce
material for television or the internet while placing their work in a wider theoretical framework.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

MEDIA COMMUNICATION 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The course expands students’ knowledge of the modern world and how it was made. Media Law:
A basic overview of South Africa’s media laws, including case studies, which are then placed in a global context.
Politics: Basic political theory that is then grounded in current events. Students write and explore the theoretical
context and background of their political articles. Mass Communication and Ethics: Covers the role, power and
hence responsibilities of the fourth Estate in theoretical and practical terms. News Awareness: Students bring
short accounts of unfolding events to class debates that establish the significance of stories in a wider news
context.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA STUDIES

254

MEDIA COMMUNICATION 2
Pre-requisites: Media Communication 1
Course Outline: Deepens students’ understanding of the theory and history behind their stories. Politics: Focuses
political theory on contemporary events in order to enable students to insightfully read and write political copy.
Mass Communication and Ethics: Places practical analysis of newsroom practice in a wider context by examining
the opportunities and dangers posed by the media. Business Reporting: Enables students to read and produce
analysis of the world of finance and economics. English 2: Refines students’ ability to use English with grace and
precision.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

MEDIA INFORMATION MANAGEMENT 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Control of languages and their role in the media. End User Computing: Basic computing for the
modern newsroom, from efficient word processing to Web Design. English: Mainly grammar and writing with a
sprinkling of theory. Afrikaans/iXhosa: Students choose a language to refine, particularly in terms of journalistic
jargon.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

MEDIA PRACTICE 3
Pre-requisites: All first year and second year subjects
Course Outline: Students do in-service training (Work Integrated Learning) during the last six months of the third
year of study. Third year students will not be permitted to start in-service training without having passed all of the
first and second year subjects.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

MEDIA PRODUCTION 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Explores the role of multimedia in telling stories. Radio: The history, theory and practice of
radio journalism, with particular focus on how it differs from print. Editing & Sound: How to produce and refine
audio clips both in technical terms and in the context of the modern radio station. Photojournalism: How to take
good pictures and integrate them into articles effectively, with a particular focus on developing visual literacy.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

255

MEDIA PRODUCTION 2
Pre-requisites: Media Production 1
Course Outline: Expands students’ skills as they explore various platforms. Feature & Review: Teaches students
how to write articles that use sources to express opinions effectively. Editing & Design: A practical course that
develops design skills with a focus on specific software packages. Broadcast: The theory and practice of
producing clips for television or the internet.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

MEDIA PRODUCTION 3
Pre-requisites: Media Production 2
Course Outline: Refines students’ ability to produce work of the highest quality across platforms. Editing &
Design: Polishing students’ aesthetic and technological grip on design. Feature & Review: A multi-genre analysis
of how to optimally integrate fact and opinion writing.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

NEWS REPORTING 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Covers traditional journalism in terms of beat reporting while incorporating the massive changes
caused by the arrival of the internet and the rise of New Media.
News Writing: The basics of acquiring
information for the writing of articles. Teaches students how to interact with sources in order to provide the
‘five Ws and one H’. Online Media: The role of social media and online publishing in acquiring and distributing
information. Database: How to manage information resources, from effective filing to basic research methods.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA STUDIES

256

CORE SYLLABI FOR THE B TECH: JOURNALISM
Please note that the details below are a summarised version of the syllabus. Please refer to the individual subject
guides for more detail.

BASIC RESEARCH PROJECT 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Research project: How to write a research proposal and a fifty-page thesis on
a media-related topic.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

EDITORIAL MANAGEMENT 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: How to manage a modern media organisation in both practical and theoretical terms – from
handling diversity to providing useful content editing.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

SPECIALIST REPORTING 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Specialist reporting: How to optimally pursue one’s specialisation in terms of form, content and
function.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

257

NATIONAL DIPLOMA: PHOTOGRAPHY
Duration: Full time – three years
Venue:

Cape Town Campus

Course Aim
The course equips students with the skills, knowledge and discipline essential for a successful career
in photography.
Graduates are competent, self-motivated and creative, producing work with a strong emphasis on
conceptual content and technical skills as appropriate to a particular professional context.
Career Opportunities
Employment opportunities are available in commercial, advertising, fashion, publishing houses, printers
and freelance fields. Employment opportunities also exist in state-supported institutions such as
museums, library services and medical institutions.
Admission Requirements
• A matric certificate (or, for foreign applicants, an approved equivalent) with a Bachelor’s pass.
• A D symbol average matric pass.
• A minimum score of 4 (50%-59%) in the Home Language and First Additional Language (one of
which must be English).
•
Mathematics and/or Science and/or Art are considered plus points in an application, and will
definitely stand the student in good stead.
• A strong (written) motivation for wanting to study photography (part of the Questionnaire to be filled
out in the application process).
• A duly signed note of approval from the applicant’s sponsor(s)/parent(s)/guardian(s) of his/her
choice of study field, and confirmation of availability of the requisite finances.
• Suitable candidates will be requested to attend an interview with lecturing staff and present a
personal portfolio of 12 photographs taken by them. In addition, they must present a written and
illustrated document on their own selection of ‘good’ photographs selected from magazines.

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA STUDIES

258

ND: PHOTOGRAPHY

0.650 C

0.100 C

THP100S

Theory of Photography 1

None

0.150 C

VIC100S

Visual Communication 1

None

0.100 C

APP200S

Applied Photography 2

APP100S

0.650 C

PRR200S

Professional Practice 2

PRR100S

0.100 C

THP200S

Theory of Photography 2

THP100S

0.150 C

VIC200S

Visual Communication 2

VIC100S

0.100 C

APP300S

Applied Photography 3

APP200S

0.650 C

PRR300S

Professional Practice 3

PRR200S

0.100 C

THP300S

Theory of Photography 3

THP200S

0.150 C

VIC300S

Visual Communication 3

VIC200S

0.100 C

Summative
Assessment

None

Assessment Type

None

HEMIS Credit

Professional Practice1

SAQA Exit Credit

Applied Photography 1

PRR100S

NQF Level

APP100S

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

Subject Code

Compulsory or
Elective

Year/Sem Subject

Subject Name

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: NDPHGY

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the National Diploma: 12

Promotion Criteria
•
•
•

A student shall only be promoted to the next level of study if he/she has passed all of the prescribed
subjects for the current level of study.
Automatic re-admission if the candidate has passed at least 50% of the prescribed subjects, for
the particular level of study.
Candidates will be placed on a waiting list, subject to available place in the course, if they have
passed at least 50% of the prescribed subjects for the particular level of study.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

259

Academic Exclusion Rules and Appeal Procedure
Exclusion rules
A student will be excluded if the qualification is not completed within the University’s prescribed period
of six registered years from the date of first registration.
Appeal procedure
Students who are excluded may submit a letter of appeal to the Departmental Exclusion Panel acting on
behalf of the Dean of the Faculty. Unresolved cases will be dealt with by the Faculty Panel, consisting
of the Dean and Departmental HODs. The letter must give detailed reasons for the lack of progress,
e.g.extenuating circumstances such as a death in the family, illness, etc and it must state what plans/
strategies will be put in place to ensure success in the course. A copy of the death certificate must be
attached if this is stated as the reason for the lack of progress.
In the event of a successful appeal, the student will be required to sign a performance contract and
certain conditions are usually attached. If the student is re-admitted and continues to neglect to display
academic progress to the satisfaction of the Department, the student will not be admitted for a further
year of study at the University.

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA STUDIES

260

B TECH: PHOTOGRAPHY
Duration: Full-time – three years
Venue:

Cape Town Campus

Course Aim
To equip students to make a contribution through research to the application and evaluation of existing
knowledge within a specialised area of photography.
Career Opportunities
Employment opportunities are available in commercial, advertising, fashion, publishing houses, printers
and freelance fields. Employment opportunities also exist in state-supported institutions such as
museums, library services and medical institutions.
Admission Requirements
A Diploma in Photography (or recognised equivalent qualification), with at least 60% in the final year
subjects.
Programme Structure
This is a research-based course in which the student is placed under the guidance of a supervisor who
will assist in both the practical and theoretical or written research components of the course.
Assessment
At the end of the period of study, the student must have completed a written report and a body of
work that will be exhibited on campus. A panel of staff, assisted by external moderators, will assess
the exhibition. Students must satisfy the external moderators that they have fulfilled the requirements
towards the degree.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

261

B TECH: PHOTOGRAPHY

APP400S

RMT101S

THP400S

Applied Photography 4
Research Methods &
Techniques
Theory of Photography 4

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Subject Code

Year/Sem Subject

Period of Study

Qualification Code: BTPHGY

None

0.650 C

None

0.100 C

None

0.250 C

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the B Tech degree: 3

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA STUDIES

262

M TECH DESIGN: PHOTOGRAPHY
Duration: A minimum of one calendar year full-time or two consecutive calendar years part-time and a
maximum of five years, after which time the candidate will not be allowed to re-register or continue with
his/her studies. Students who wish to interrupt their studies must apply to the Senate on the prescribed
application form that is available on the University’s website.
Venue:

Cape Town Campus

Course Aim
Graduates develop the knowledge and skills required to conduct independent research in Photography
and to contribute significantly to knowledge production through the understanding, application and
evaluation of existing and new knowledge.
Course Structure
This programme consists of a comprehensive full research project culminating in a thesis. For the
duration of the course the student is placed under the guidance of an approved supervisor(s) who will
assist and guide the candidate throughout his/her studies.
In their thesis, Masters’ candidates must prove that they understand a particular problem in the industry
in which they have done their research, are able to analyse and set it out logically, are able to arrive
at logical conclusions or a diagnosis of the problem and are then able to make proposals for the
improvement/elimination of the problem. The research problem, its justification, process and outcome
are reported in a thesis. The thesis must comply with the normal general technical requirements and
rules with regard to scope, quality and layout.
Career Opportunities
Graduates can follow a career in research and development in the industry, or be employed at research
institutes. They are also employed in teaching and research positions in higher education institutions.
Admission Requirements
A B Tech: Photography or an equivalent four-year qualification in an appropriate discipline.
English proficiency
In addition to the criteria for admission, international students from countries where English is not the
official language must demonstrate proof of English proficiency.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

263

Approval by Higher Degrees Committee
The title of the dissertation/thesis, as well as the names and qualifications of the appointed supervisors,
must be approved by the Higher Degrees Committee before a student can commence with his/her
studies.

M TECH DESIGN: PHOTOGRAPHY

R5PH01R

Thesis

None

120

1.000 C

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Year/Sem Subject

Subject Code

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: MTDESR

N/A

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the M Tech degree: 1

Academic Exclusion Rules and Appeal Procedure
During the first and every subsequent year of study, the student must demonstrate academic activity
to the satisfaction of the University. All supervisors of Masters and Doctoral students are required to
submit progress reports for each student at the end of each year to the Faculty’s Research Committee.
A student shall be excluded from and refused re-registration for the course if, in the opinion of the
supervisor/s and the Faculty Board, the student fails to maintain progress in his/her studies or research
project.

Interruption of Studies
Students who wish to interrupt their studies must apply to the Senate. The interruption of studies form
(HDC 1.9) is available on the Centre for Post-graduate Studies website. Interruption of studies may not
be applied for, and will not be granted, retrospectively.

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA STUDIES

264

D TECH: PHOTOGRAPHY
Duration: A minimum of two consecutive calendar years and a maximum of six years, after which the
candidate will not be allowed to re-register or continue with his/her studies.
Venue:

Cape Town Campus

Course Aim
The purpose of this programme is to help students to develop the competence to conduct independent
research under minimal guidance in the field ofPhotography.
Course Structure
This is a research-based course in which the student is placed under the guidance of a supervisor/s
who will assist with both the practical and theoretical or written research components of the course. It
comprises an advanced research project culminating in a dissertation.
In dissertations, students must provide proof of original and creative thinking and problem-solving and
must make a real contribution to the solving of a particular problem in the industry to which their
research applies. The dissertations must comply with the normal technical requirements and rules with
regard to scope, quality and layout.
Career Opportunities
Graduates can follow a career in research and development in the industry, or be employed at research
institutes. They are also employed in teaching and research positions in higher education institutions.
Admission Requirements
An M Tech Design: Photography or an equivalent Master’s qualification in an appropriate discipline.
English proficiency
In addition to the criteria for admission, international students from countries where English is not the
official language must demonstrate proof of English proficiency.
Approval by Higher Degrees Committee
The title of the dissertation/thesis, as well as the names and qualifications of the appointed supervisors,
must be approved by the Higher Degrees Committee before a student can commence with his/her
studies.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

265

DTECH DESIGN: PHOTOGRAPHY

R6PH01R

Thesis

None

120

1.000 C

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Year/Sem Subject

Subject Code

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: DTDESR

N/A

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the M Tech degree: 1

Academic Exclusion Rules and Appeal Procedure
During the first and every subsequent year of study, the student must demonstrate academic activity
to the satisfaction of the University. All supervisors of Masters and Doctoral students are required to
submit progress reports for each student at the end of each year to the Faculty’s Research Committee.
A student shall be excluded from and refused re-registration for the course if, in the opinion of the
supervisor/s and the Faculty Board, the student fails to maintain progress in his/her studies or research
project.

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA STUDIES

266

CORE SYLLABI FOR THE NATIONAL DIPLOMA:
PHOTOGRAPHY
Please note that the details below are a summarised version of the syllabus. Please refer to the individual subject
guides for more detail.

Applied Photography 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Topics covered are Principles of film-based photography, pinhole cameras, contact printing,
darkroom processing, Principles of digital SLR cameras, functions, exposure systems, lenses, Introduction to
imaging software Lightroom, Introductory projects in elementary studio lighting, available lighting and reflectors.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Applied Photography 2
Pre-requisites: Applied Photography 1
Course Outline: Topics covered are Advanced DSLR camera application, Studio lighting for portrait and product,
Exploration of genres towards a portfolio, Image preparation to a high level for print, Adobe Photoshop application.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Applied Photography 3
Pre-requisites: Applied Photography 2
Course Outline: Image production to an industry entry-level standard in genres, including portraiture, the large
exterior environment, buildings, corporate publications, people, sport, fashion, documentary and food photography.
In addition a specialised portfolio of 12 images in an approved direction is produced. Images are prepared to the
highest level for print.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Professional Practice 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Topics covered are Photographic education and career possibilities, Professionalism, Code of
ethics/conduct for the professional photographer, The photographer as entrepreneur, Forms of business, The
photographer’s assistant, Employing professional services, Choices in setting up a business, The location of a
photographic business.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

267

Professional Practice 1
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Professional Practice 2
Pre-requisites: Professional Practice 1
Course Outline: Topics covered are Business opportunities, Market research, Competitive advantage, Marketing
and promotion, Selling, Business decisions & the economics of one unit, Financial statements, Financial ratios &
break-even analysis, Financing your business.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Professional Practice 3
Pre-requisites: Professional Practice 2
Course Outline: Topics covered are Protecting your business: Insurance & legal issues, Taxes & government
regulations, Managing expenses, credit, & cash flow, Managing production, distribution, & operations, Managing
purchasing & inventory, How to value a business.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Theory Of Photography 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Topics covered are Principles of film-based photography, pinhole cameras, contact printing,
darkroom processing, Basics of lenses and ray tracing, light, exposure, shutter systems, aperture and depth of field.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Theory Of Photography 2
Pre-requisites: Theory of Photography 1
Course Outline: Topics covered are Sensitometry, Translation of digital data into graph form, Lens types and design
principles, Depth of field, hyperfocal distance, aperture, circle of confusion, Optical formulae, lens calculations,
Additive and subtractive colour models, Image scanning and correction, File formats and their applications,
Properties of electromagnetic energy, Adobe Photoshop, Introduction to report writing and referencing, MS Word
features and application.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA STUDIES

268

Theory Of Photography 3
Pre-requisites: Theory of Photography 2
Course Outline: Topics covered are Colour calibration and colour systems, Digital archiving principles and
theory, Intermediate report writing with referencing, Large-format digital camera theory and practice, Advanced
lens theory and practice, Principles of web design for self-promotion, Advanced digital imaging theory and
practice, Photo-mechanical reproduction, HDR imaging, Panoramic photography and application, Advance Adobe
Photoshop and Acrobat.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Visual Communication 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Topics covered are Career choice, Raise your profile, Literacy skills, Writing to communicate,
Referencing guide, Plagiarism, Presentation skills, Diversity awareness, Visual inspiration & appreciation: people,
places, & objects, Visual literacy, Physiology of vision, Visual perception, Psychology of colour, Visual interpretation:
principles of design & conceptualisation.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Visual Communication 2
Pre-requisites: Visual Communication 1
Course Outline: Topics covered are Critique and evaluation, Photographic seeing, Perception, The physiology
of vision, Gestalt theory, Information theory, Emotion thesis, Psychology of colour, Pre-visualisation, Image
management pathway, Primary visual elements, Secondary visual elements, Principles of image composition,
Movements in photography, Film analysis, Social impact of still photography, Aesthetics in commercial
photography.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Visual Communication 3
Pre-requisites: Visual Communication 2
Course Outline: Topics covered are Life skills, Writing skills, Harvard reference guide, Plagiarism, Criticising
photographs, Personal photographs and popular photography, Heritage: past, present & future, Freedom of mass
media: newspapers, tabloids, magazines, television, internet, Photography in the age of electronic imaging, Social
networks, Censorship & social responsibility, Media ethics, Photo agencies, Stock photography.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

269

CORE SYLLABI FOR THE B TECH: PHOTOGRAPHY
Please note that the details below are a summarised version of the syllabus. Please refer to the individual subject
guides for more detail.

Applied Photograpy 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Production of an advanced level photographic portfolio in an approved specialised direction,
displaying consistency and mastery to an industry level. The images are produced to support an evolved research
question and problem.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Research Methods & Techniques
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The writing of a research proposal in an approved format. Identifying a research problem,
developing a research question and sub-question, supported by a literature overview and a proposed methodology
within a manageable time-frame.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Theory Of Photography 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Topics covered are Principles of film-based photography, pinhole cameras, contact printing,
darkroom processing, Basics of lenses and ray tracing, light, exposure, shutter systems, aperture and depth of
field.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA STUDIES

270

ND: PUBLIC RELATIONS MANAGEMENT
Duration: Full-time – three years (including a period of Work Integrated Learning in the third year of
the course)
Part-time – four years (including a period of Work Integrated Learning)
Venue:

Cape Town Campus

Course Aim
Public Relations is a distinctive communication function which aims to establish sustainable relationships
between an organisation and its various stakeholders, with the focus to enhance the perception these
stakeholders may have of the organisation.
The purpose of the course is to equip the aspiring professional with the necessary skills and competence
to plan and execute public relations and communication activities to meet these and other organisational
objectives.
This qualification provides students with a broad understanding of all the fundamental aspects of
public relations practice. The qualification has both a theoretical and practical component and will
enable students to create carefully planned public relations activities that are strategically aligned with
organisational objectives and relate to the needs of the business world. A qualifying student will be
able to assess, measure and critically evaluate an organisation’s current situation with regard to its
relationships with key stakeholder groups. Students will also be able to compile a fully integrated public
relations campaign that will enable the organisation and its stakeholder groups to adapt successfully to
one another. Qualifying students will be able to manage the planning, implementation and evaluation of
such public relations campaigns.
Career Opportunities
Students will be equipped with skills to manage the relationships and perceptions of an organisation by
creating and implementing planned programmes of action that will benefit its various stakeholders. These
public relations activities include special events, media liaison and strategy, audio-visual preparation,
crisis and reputation management, Corporate Social Investment (CSI) and various communication
research activities. Employment can be in-house within the organisation’s public relations department
or at a consultancy with diverse clients ranging from celebrities, corporate and consumer organisation
to non-profit organisations and government departments.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

271

Admission Requirements
Required Senior Certificate subjects:
Home Language 5 (60% – 69%)*
First Additional Language 3 (40% – 49%)*
One of these languages shall be English or Afrikaans*
Mathematics 2 (30% – 39%)
Maths Literacy 4 (50% – 59%)
An achievement rating of at least 4 (50% – 59%) or better in four NSC 20-credit subjects from the
designated subject list.
Submission of a prescribed portfolio
In addition to the above-mentioned admission requirements, applicants should be creative and have
plenty of enthusiasm. Applicants are also required to submit a portfolio of written work.

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA STUDIES

272

ND: PUBLIC RELATIONS MANAGEMENT

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

AUP 100S

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Year/Sem Subject

Subject Code

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: NDPRMT

None

0.100 C

None

0.100 C

DS 101S

Accounting for Public Relations C
Business Studies: Public
C
Relations 1
Communication Science 1
C

None

0.200 C

ENL 100S

End-User Computing 1

None

0.100 C

MSU 100S

English1

None

0.200 C

PUR 100S

Media Studies 1

None

0.200 C

COS 201S

Public Relations 1

COS101S

0.200 C

LAR 100S

Communication Science 2

None

0.100 C

MAU 100S

None

0.100 C

MSU 200S

MSU100S

0.200 C

PUR 200S

Law: Public Relations 1
C
Marketing & Advertising: Public
C
Relations 1
Media Studies 2
C

PUR100S

0.200 C

SOP 200S

Public Relations 2

None

0.100 C

VID 100S

Social Psychology

None

0.100 C

COS 301S

Videology 1

COS201S

0.250 C

PUR 300S

Communication Science 3

PUR200S

0.250 C

PLP 300S

Public Relations 3

None

0.500 C

PLP 300S

Public Relations Practice 3

None

0.500 C

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the National Diploma: 17

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

273

Promotion Criteria
•
•
•
•
•

•

All subjects must be passed with a 50% minimum for promotion.
If a student passes 6 out of 7 subjects, he/she will automatically be re-admitted for the course.
Students who are repeating subjects may only attend class for the repeating subject in the part-time
programme. The full-time class complement is for students studying at that subject programme
level for the first time.
Subject to the approval of the HOD, students will only be allowed to register for a major in a succeeding
programme level if they have passed all three majors of the preceding programme level.
Students will only be eligible to enter the third year programme level if they have passed all three
Majors (second year level) as well as all subjects prescribed for the first year, namely: Accounting
for Public Relations Practitioners, Business Studies, English and End-User Computing. This means
that students must have passed 10 out of 14 subjects (including all majors) before entering industry.
Students will only be eligible for industry placement if they have passed all three majors (second
year level) as well as all subjects prescribed for the first year, namely: Accounting for Public Relations
Practitioners, Business Studies, English and End-User Computing. This means that students must
have passed 10 out of 14 subjects (including all majors) before entering the industry.

Academic Exclusion Rules and Appeal Procedure
Exclusion rules
• Students who fail 50% or more of their subjects in any given year will not be re-admitted to the
course. Therefore students must pass a minimum of four subjects, of which three must be the
major subjects.
• Students who fail all major subjects registered for in any given year twice will not be re-admitted
to the course.
• A student will be excluded if the qualification is not completed within the University’s prescribed
period of six registered years from the date of first registration.
Appeal procedure
Students who are excluded may submit a letter of appeal to the Departmental Exclusion Panel acting on
behalf of the Dean of the Faculty. Unresolved cases will be dealt with by the Faculty Panel, consisting
of the Dean and Departmental HODs. The letter must give detailed reasons for the lack of progress,
e.g.extenuating circumstances such as a death in the family, illness, etc and it must state what plans/
strategies will be put in place to ensure success in the course. A copy of the death certificate must be
attached if this is stated as the reason for the lack of progress.
In the event of a successful appeal, the student will be required to sign a performance contract and
certain conditions are usually attached. If the student is re-admitted and continues to neglect to display
academic progress to the satisfaction of the Department, the student will not be admitted for a further
year of study at the University.

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA STUDIES

274

B TECH: PUBLIC RELATIONS MANAGEMENT
Duration: Full-time – one year
Part-time – two years
Venue:

Cape Town Campus

Course Aim
The course develops the student’s competence to administer and perform strategic public relations
functions in a global environment.
Career Opportunities
Managing advanced communication and planning strategic public relations in any corporate environment
or in a consultant capacity.
Admission Requirements
A National Diploma in Public Relations Management or a recognised equivalent is required, with an
average of 60% in all the subjects prescribed for the final year.

B TECH: PUBLIC RELATIONS MANAGEMENT

0.250 C

0.150 C

MSU 300S

Media Studies 3

None

0.200 C

PUR 400S

Public Relations 4

None

0.250 C

RMY 103S

Research Methodology

None

0.150 C

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the B Tech degree: 5

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

None

HEMIS Credit

None

SAQA Exit Credit

Management Practice 4

NQF Level

Communication Science 4

BPR 400S

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

COS 401S

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Year/Sem Subject

Subject Code

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: BTPRMT

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

275

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA STUDIES

276

M TECH: PUBLIC RELATIONS MANAGEMENT
Duration: A minimum of one calendar year full-time or two consecutive calendar years part-time and a
maximum of five years, after which time the candidate will not be allowed to re-register or continue with
his/her studies. Students who wish to interrupt their studies must apply to the Senate on the prescribed
application form that is available on the University’s website.
Venue:

Cape Town Campus

Course Aim
Graduates develop the knowledge and skills required to conduct independent research in Public
Reations and to contribute significantly to knowledge production through the understanding, application
and evaluation of existing and new knowledge.
Course Structure
This programme consists of a comprehensive full research project culminating in a thesis. For the
duration of the course the student is placed under the guidance of an approved supervisor(s) who will
assist and guide the candidate throughout his/her studies.
In their thesis, Masters’ candidates must prove that they understand a particular problem in the industry
in which they have done their research, are able to analyse and set it out logically, are able to arrive
at logical conclusions or a diagnosis of the problem and are then able to make proposals for the
improvement/elimination of the problem. The research problem, its justification, process and outcome
are reported in a thesis. The thesis must comply with the normal general technical requirements and
rules with regard to scope, quality and layout.
Career Opportunities
Graduates can follow a career in research and development in the industry, or be employed at research
institutes. They are also employed in teaching and research positions in higher education institutions.
Admission Requirements
A B Tech: Public Relations Management or an equivalent four-year qualification in an appropriate
discipline.
English proficiency
In addition to the criteria for admission, international students from countries where English is not the
official language must demonstrate proof of English proficiency.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

277

Approval by Higher Degrees Committee
The title of the dissertation/thesis, as well as the names and qualifications of the appointed supervisors,
must be approved by the Higher Degrees Committee before a student can commence with his/her
studies.

M TECH: PUBLIC RELATIONS MANAGEMENT
(RESEARCH-BASED DEGREE)

R5PR01R

Thesis

None

120

1.000 C

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Year/Sem Subject

Subject Code

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: MTPRMR

N/A

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the M Tech degree: 1

Academic Exclusion Rules and Appeal Procedure
During the first and every subsequent year of study, the student must demonstrate academic activity
to the satisfaction of the University. All supervisors of Masters and Doctoral students are required to
submit progress reports for each student at the end of each year to the Faculty’s Research Committee.
A student shall be excluded from and refused re-registration for the course if, in the opinion of the
supervisor/s and the Faculty Board, the student fails to maintain progress in his/her studies or research
project.

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA STUDIES

278

M TECH: PUBLIC RELATIONS MANAGEMENT
(COURSE-DRIVEN DEGREE)
Duration: Course-driven M Tech – minimum two years
Maximum - 5 years
Venue:

Cape Town Campus

Course Aim
Graduates develop the knowledge and skills required to conduct independent research in public relations
management and to contribute significantly to knowledge production through the understanding,
application and evaluation of existing and new knowledge.
Career Opportunities
Graduates can follow a career in research and development in the industry, or be employed at research
institutes. They are also employed in teaching and research positions in higher education institutions.
Admission Requirements
A B Tech: Public Relations Management or an equivalent four-year qualification in an appropriate
discipline. Students who enter the programme via another discipline may, in addition to the minimum
admission requirements, be required to do the module Foundations for Public Relations in addition to
the other modules.
English proficiency
In addition to the criteria for admission, international students from countries where English is not the
official language must demonstrate proof of English proficiency.
Course Structure – Course-driven Degree
The course-based option is a combination of theoretical study (subjects) and a short research project
culminating in a mini-thesis which, taken together, must be at least the equivalent of the comprehensive
full research option. With this option, the mini thesis component must constitute a minimum of 50% of
the instructional programme.
This is an innovative personal and professional development course in strategic communication for
professionals who want to acquire advanced knowledge and skills.
The course combines an e-learning environment and residential weeks. Each module is offered over

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

279

a ten-week period. The first four weeks consist of e-learning contact and interaction, followed by a
residential week and concluded with another five-week e-learning contact, during which period final
assessments take place.
A minimum of three residential weeks are scheduled. During each residential week, two modules
may be covered. In addition, a residential week for Foundations of Public Relations is scheduled to
accommodate students from other disciplines who may be required to complete this module.
Short research project (in addition to the subjects)
Students conduct independent research, under appropriate supervision, in a specialised area of public
relations management or communication, and contribute to knowledge production in this field. For the
duration of the course, the student is placed under the guidance of an approved supervisor(s), who will
assist and guide the candidate throughout his/her studies.
Approval by Higher Degrees Committee
The title of the dissertation/thesis, as well as the names and qualifications of the appointed supervisors,
must be approved by the Higher Degrees Committee before a student can commence with his/her
studies.

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA STUDIES

280

M TECH: PUBLIC RELATIONS MANAGEMENT
(COURSE-DRIVEN DEGREE)

SAQA Exit Credit

None

15 0.125 C

None

15 0.125 C

None

15 0.125 C

None

0.000 C

None

15 0.125 C

None

60 0.500 C

Summative
Assessment

NQF Level

Assessment Type

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

HEMIS Credit

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Subject Code

Year/Sem Subject

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: MTPRMC

FIRST YEAR
5

MOS500S Managing Communication Strategy 5

PKC500S

PLR500S

RMY105S Research Methodology

Planning Stakeholder Communication
C
5
Positioning Organisational
C
Relationships 5

Technology, Communication &
Stakeholders 5
SUBJECTS FOR NON-PUBLIC RELATIONS CANDIDATES:

TCS500S

FCR400S

Foundation of Public Relations 4

0.000 C

SECOND YEAR
5

R5PR01C Thesis

N/A

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the M Tech degree: 5 plus a mini thesis.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

281

Academic Exclusion Rules and Appeal Procedure
DDuring the first and every subsequent year of study, the student must demonstrate academic activity
to the satisfaction of the University. All supervisors of Masters and Doctoral students are required to
submit progress reports for each student at the end of each year to the Faculty’s Research Committee.
A student shall be excluded from and refused re-registration for the course if, in the opinion of the
supervisor/s and the Faculty Board, the student fails to maintain progress in his/her studies or research
project.

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA STUDIES

282

CORE SYLLABI FOR THE NATIONAL DIPLOMA:
PUBLIC RELATIONS MANAGEMENT
Please note that the details below are a summarised version of the syllabus. Please refer to the individual subject
guides for more detail.

Accounting For Public Relations Practitioners 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The subject encompasses the fundamentals of accounting, including the double entry system
and accounting equation with an emphasis on where this fits in an economy. The general ledger, journals, income
statement and balance sheet are introduced, as well as concepts on budgeting and costing. Emphasis is placed
on the cash book, petty cash book and the concept of debit and credit. Interpretation of financial statements is
mentioned but not emphasised.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Business Studies: Public Relations 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The subject aims to provide the student with a theoretical and practical background of business
operations and the role of business as a manifestation of economic activity. Specific functions within business
organisations are analysed and discussed. Focal areas are the establishment, location, setting of objectives and
general management of an enterprise. Factors that can influence the success of an enterprise are explored.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Communication Science 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The subject content explores the history and origin of human communication, language and
codes, communication campaigns, cultural influences in communication, the contexts of communication (small
group, organisational, public and mass communication) and digital communication.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

283

Communication Science 2
Pre-requisites: None
Pre-requisites: Communication Science 1
Course outline: The subkect content explores the history and origin of human communication, language and
codes, communication campaign, cultural influences in communication, the contexts of communication - small
group, organisational, public and mass communication and digital communication.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Communication Science 3
Pre-requisites: Communication Science 2
Course Outline: The subject provides students with deep insight into organisations, organisational behaviour
and organisational communication. It seeks to improve students’ understanding of organisational life and provide
them with an awareness of important communication skills. The subject introduces and discusses the following
theories, concepts and perspectives: organisational theories, organisational behaviour, organisational culture,
organisational ethics, leadership theories, motivation theories, organisational communication in the information
age and strategic public relations.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

End-User Computing 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: This subject aims to provide the aspiring public relations practitioner with a basic theoretical
and practical introduction to information technology and the different software programmes used in business. The
subject End-User Computing I follows the ICDL syllabus:
ICDL is a new qualification that measures competency in computer skills. The ICDL syllabus is designed to cover
the key concepts of computing, its practical applications and use in the workplace and society in general. ICDL
is currently recognised in more than 55 countries worldwide. The programmes taught are Microsoft Word, MS
PowerPoint, MS Excel, MS Access, and MS Publisher, and also cover File management, Internet explorer and
Introduction to Computers.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA STUDIES

284

English 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: English for Public Relations is a subject that introduces students to information literacy and
research. The key concepts and practices that underpin the course include Information literacy (how to access,
analyse, evaluate, synthesise and apply information in an academic environment) and research (formal and
informal research, an introduction to qualitative and quantitative techniques, research ethics and research
etiquette). The course also introduces students to academic writing (using the Harvard referencing style, defining
and plagiarism, etc) and oral presentation skills, listening skills and effective business correspondence.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Law: Public Relations 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The subject content addresses Concepts of law, right and justice, Sources of South African law,
Classification of South African law, The South African Judiciary, A basic overview of the Law of Contract, common
law and statutory limitations on the freedom of expression: defamation, invasion of privacy, copyright and the
Films & Publications Act, General statutory limitations on the freedom of expression.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Marketing & Advertising: Public Relations 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: This subject aims to provide the aspiring public relations practitioner with a basic theoretical and
practical introduction to the planning and execution of marketing and advertising in relation to public relations.
Focal areas for exploration include market research and information services, macro and micro marketing
environments, consumer behaviour, market measurement, forecasting, segmentation, targeting and positioning
and finally marketing services and marketing ethics – all areas which need monitoring and communication
excellence.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Media Studies 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The subject aims to develop knowledge of the history of the media and its expansion,
understanding of the role of the mass media, the nature of news, the generation of publicity, how to work with the
mass media, as well as strengthening awareness, knowledge and understanding of the impact of current affairs.
It also develops critical thinking and writing ability in the necessary media formats.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

285

Media Studies 1
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Media Studies 2
Pre-requisites: Media Studies 1
Course Outline: The subject aims to develop knowledge of corporate media, including publications, for internal
and external audiences, the importance of branding during this process as well as the importance of being able
to understand finances sufficiently to put together an annual report and interim results. The application of writing
and editing continues as a pivotal function of the public relations professional.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Public Relations 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The objective of this subject is to provide the aspiring public relations practitioner with a basic
theoretical and practical introduction to the planning and executing of public relations. This subject concentrates
on how to maintain and extend mutual understanding between an organisation and everyone it needs in order to
succeed in its mission. This level of learning serves as an introduction to this career and theory is combined with
practical application, such a planning and executing events and obtaining sponsorships.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Public Relations 2
Pre-requisites: Public Relations 1
Course Outline: This subject provides the aspiring public relations practitioner with a deeper insight into the
public relations process, especially to emphasise the research methodology of public relations as a social science.
The course is also aimed at broadening students’ insight into, knowledge of and exposure to public relations
practice as well as the role of the PR practitioner in the management of an organisation. It aims to equip students
for the world of work through various practical and in-service learning projects. Students present a portfolio of
evidence of the work done during their period of volunteering at an organisation.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA STUDIES

286

Public Relations 3
Pre-requisites: Public Relations 2
Course Outline: The subject aims to provide the aspiring public relations Practitioner with a deeper insight
into the public relations process, while the student is engaged in experiential training. Current and emerging
issues and trends that affect the functions public relations are explored. In-depth tracking of advanced and
changing PR techniques and tools, internal and external communication management and the management of PR
in both corporate and consultancy environments are applied. Aspects of Integrated Communication (IC), corporate
positioning, environmental scanning, corporate governance, ethics in strategic management and applicable
research techniques are analysed.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Public Relations Practice 3
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: This subject is the applied Work Integrated Learning practice that takes place during the final
year of study. Whilst in the second year, students undertake a Work Preparedness Programme and are introduced
to the industry as preparation for this subject. Students need to pass all their major subjects on second year level
as well as English to be eligible for placement in the industry. During their final year of study, students work from
Monday to Thursday and attend classes on Friday for a period of six to eight months. They have 23 Learning Areas
and need to cover at least eight of these during the course of the year. There are three portfolio submission dates
and each submission is followed by an oral evaluation with three external evaluators.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Social Psychology
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The subject presents a conceptual framework to Social Psychology. It explores concepts such
as social cognition, social perception, the Self, attitudes, stereotyping, prejudice, and discrimination, interpersonal
attraction and close relationships, social influence, pro-social behaviour, aggression, groups and individuals, and
applying principles of Social Psychology to law, health and business.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Videology 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: This practical subject prepares the student for basic video camera operations. Aspects include
camerawork, lighting for video, producing video for web and new media distribution, corporate video production,
use of video in public relations campaigns, editing, composition, sound for video, history of film and video, and the
South African film and broadcasting industry.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

287

CORE SYLLABI FOR THE B TECH:
PUBLIC RELATIONS MANAGEMENT
Please note that the details below are a summarised version of the syllabus. Please refer to the individual subject
guides for more detail.

Communication Science 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The subject content explores Development communication (modernisation, dependency and
participatory development), gender studies (feminism, language, work/home roles, PR and gender and culture),
international communication (high/low context cultures, urbanisation, diversity in public relations practice,
language management and culture and propaganda) and communication strategy (strategy and planning,
stakeholders and strategic models).
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Management Practice 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: This is an integrated subject in several respects. First, it takes a broad view of the environment,
including buyers, competitors, technology, the economy, capital markets, unions, government and the community.
Second, it takes the perspective of the organisation as a whole and examines how decisions in each functional
area form a coherent business strategy. Third, it is concerned with the way these decisions are translated into
organisational actions through individuals. It, therefore, draws on the disciplines of marketing, finance, economics,
operations and organisational behaviour.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Media Studies 3
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The subject aims to develop knowledge about management, particularly project managing
communication projects. The subject introduces the student to critical thinking aimed at honing writing, editing
and research skills. It generates awareness of message reception, based on media theories, develops project
management skills and implements them in the corporate publication process and stretches them through
interaction with the electronic media. It investigates the value as a social networker, the role of the website and
its development from design to technical. Also included are the phenomena of blogging, facebook groups and
web pull technology.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA STUDIES

288

Public Relations 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The subject provides students with in-depth knowledge of the strategic management of an
organisation’s corporate communication, as well as the strategic role to be played by senior communication
executives. Activities are applied to broaden the students’ perspective and challenge their thinking processes
and traditional ideas of the subject area. Student are able to think independently, conduct strategic research in
the field, and know how to strategically manage communication within the broad milieu of the entire organisation
in order to contribute to its goal achievement, adaptation and survival in the turbulent world of the 21st century.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Research Methodology
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The subject aims to introduce qualitative and quantitative social science research methods
commonly used in public relations to identify and solve problems. A skills set to measure objectives, to conduct
evaluations in public relations and to aid business decision-making by way of research activities is applied.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF SCHOLARSHIP AND
PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT

289

DEPARTMENTAL STAFF
Name

Position

Telephone

Fax

E-mail

Mr CV Botha

Head of Department

021 460 3448 021 469 1002 bothacv@cput.ac.za

Mrs H Mackenzie

Secretary

021 460 3447 021 460 3198 mackenzieh@cput.ac.za

ACADEMIC STAFF (PERMANENT)
Name
Head of Department
Mr CV Botha

Qualifications
BCom (Marketing), MBA

Senior Lecturers
Assoc Prof M M’Rithaa

B Des (Hons), MTech Design, HDHET, D Tech: Design

Dr AV Chisin

ND: Fine Art, NHD: Fine Art, M Ed, D Tech: Design

Lecturers
Mr JM Coetzee

ND: Art & Des., NHD: Art & Des

Ms A Dahl

BA FA, HDE (Post-grad), MEd

Ms V du Preez

ND: Graph. Des, B Tech Graph. Des; Higher Diploma in Higher Education and
Training, M Design

Mr W Hewett

ND: Prod. Man

Ms J Ruijsch van Dugteren

BAFA, History of Art (Hons)

DEPARTMENT OF TOWN AND REGIONAL PLANNING

290

DEPARTMENTAL STAFF
Name

Position

Telephone

Fax

E-mail

Town & Regional Planning
Mr N Tapela

Head of Department

021 440 2252 021 440 2259 tapelan@cput.ac.za

Ms Z Fatyela

Secretary

021 440 2204 021 440 2259 fatyelaz@cput.ac.za

ACADEMIC STAFF (PERMANENT)
Name
Head of Department
Mr N Tapela

Qualifications
BSc Hons (Geog & Reg. Plan.), Masters in Urban Plan, Pr. Pin

Senior Lecturers
Ms B Verster
Dr CV Madell

ND: TRP., B Tech: TRP, M Tech: TRP, Pr. Pin
BA (Hons), MCRP, MSc LED, PhD, Pr. Pin

Lecturers
Mr M Mokhele
Mr KJR Newman
Mr NRB Pinfold

BA URP, MCRP, Pr. Pin
BA Hons, Masters in Town & Reg. Plan, Pr Pin
B Tech: Surveying., Masters in Urban & Reg. Plan

Technician
Mr R Moodley

ND: TRP, B Tech: TRP, Pr. Pin

QUALIFICATIONS OFFERED
Undergrad / Qualification
Postgrad
Type

Qual
Code

Qualification Name

ND: Town & Regional
Planning
B Tech: Town &
BTTNRP
Regional Planning
M Tech: Town &
MTTNRR
Regional Planning

Campus
Offered

Minimum
WorkDuration Integrated
(Years)
Learning

Undergraduate National Diploma NDTNRP

Cape Town 3 Years

1 year

Undergraduate B Tech Degree

Cape Town 1 Year

n/a

Cape Town 1 Year

n/a

Post-graduate M Tech Degree

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

291

ND: TOWN & REGIONAL PLANNING
Duration: Full-time – three years (including one year Work Integrated Learning in the second year of
the course)
Venue:

Cape Town Campus

Course Aim
The course equips students with the skills and knowledge required to fulfil the tasks of a planning
technician, such as land appraisal, planning surveys, the analysis and presentation of data by means of
maps, graphs, diagrams and sketches as well as all work, including legal procedures connected with
planning processes in general.
Career Opportunities
The work of a town and regional planning technician is of diverse nature and embraces the making
of informed decisions about the management, development and growth of cities, towns and regions,
the improvement and regeneration of urban environments, the sustainable provision of basic services
infrastructure, transport networks, housing, commercial centres, industrial areas, community facilities
and leisure services, while being careful to protect the natural environment and agricultural land.
Town and regional planners and technicians are often employed by private planning firms, local and
provincial authorities, state departments and non-governmental organisations.
Professional Registration
Professional registration with the South African Council for Town and Regional Planners is standard
procedure in the interest of future employment.
Admission Requirements
Required Senior Certificate subjects:
Home Language 4 (50% – 59%)*
First Additional Language 4 (50% – 59%)*
One of these languages shall be English or Afrikaans*
Mathematics 4 (50%-59%)
Maths Literacy 5 (60% – 69%)
Recommended Senior Certificate subjects:
Geography 4 (50% – 59%)
Business Economics 4 (50% - 59%)
Economics 4 (50% – 59%)
Tourism 4 (50% – 59%)

DEPARTMENT OF TOWN AND REGIONAL PLANNING

292

ND: TOWN AND REGIONAL PLANNING

0.000 C

14.04 0.117 C

PLG 100B

Settlement Planning (Module B) C

14.04 0.117 C

CPS 100M

Computer Skills 1 (Mother)

0.000 C

CPS 100A

Computer Skills 1 (Module A)

5.04

0.042 C

CPS 100B

Computer Skills 1 (Module B)

4.92

0.041 C

COM 112S

Communication Skills 1

9.96

0.083 C

EMS 100S

0.100 C

ISP 100S

0.100 C

PLD 200S

Environmental Studies 1
Infrastructure & Service
Planning 1
Planning Design Studio 2

0.100 C

PLS 100S

Planning & Society 1

0.100 C

PRA 101S

Planning Research & Analysis 1 C

0.100 C

PGS 100S

0.100 C

PPW200S

120

1.000 C

DPL300M

0.000 C

DPL300A

0.100 C

DPL300B

0.100 C

ACA 300S

Planning Graphics 1
Planning Practice & Project
Work 2
Development Planning 3
(Mother)
Real Estate Development 3
(Module A)
Housing Development & Policy
Studies 3 (Module B)
Advanced CAD 3

0.100 C

ENP300S

Environmental Planning 3

0.100 C

NQF Level

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

Urbanisation 1 (Module A)

SAQA Exit Credit

Planning 1 (Mother)

PLG 100A

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

PLG 100M

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Year/Sem Subject

Subject Code

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: NDTNRP

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

ITP 300S

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

GIS 300S

293

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Year/Sem Subject

Subject Code

Period of Study

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

LEP 200S

Geographic Information
Systems 3
Infrastructure & Transport
Planning 3
Legal Principles 2

0.100 C

PDS 300S

Planning Design Studio 3

0.200 C

PLL200S

Planning Law 2

0.100 C

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the National Diploma: 18

Academic Exclusion Rules and Appeal Procedure
Exclusion rules
• Students who fail 50% or more of their subjects in any given year, or who fail any subject on the
same level twice, will not be re-admitted to the course.
• A student registered for the National Diploma will be excluded if the qualification is not completed
within the University’s prescribed period of six registered years from the date of first registration.
Appeal procedure
Students who are excluded may submit a letter of appeal to the Departmental Exclusion Panel acting on
behalf of the Dean of the Faculty. Unresolved cases will be dealt with by the Faculty Panel, consisting
of the Dean and Departmental HODs. The letter must give detailed reasons for the lack of progress,
e.g.extenuating circumstances such as a death in the family, illness, etc and it must state what plans/
strategies will be put in place to ensure success in the course. A copy of the death certificate must be
attached if this is stated as the reason for the lack of progress.
In the event of a successful appeal, the student will be required to sign a performance contract
and certain conditions are usually attached. If the student is re-admitted and continues to
neglect to display academic progress to the satisfaction of the Department, the student will not
be admitted for a further year of study at the University.

DEPARTMENT OF TOWN AND REGIONAL PLANNING

294

B TECH: TOWN & REGIONAL PLANNING
Duration: Full-time – one year
Part-time – two years
Venue:

Cape Town Campus

Course Aim
The aim of the course is to prepare graduates to operate with greater independence than National
Diploma graduates and to approach planning problems in a holistic manner, having regard for the nature
of the profession which addresses land use, socio-economic, legal, environmental and managerial
issues.
Career Opportunities
Town and regional planners are employed in both the private and public sectors, locally and abroad. The
nature of the work varies from diverse and generalist tasks to specialised projects.
Generalisation or specialisation in the field is a matter of personal preference as the graduate develops
in his/her career.
Professional Registration
Professional registration with the South African Council for Town and Regional Planners is standard
procedure in the interest of future employment.
Admission Requirements
A National Diploma in Town & Regional Planning or a recognised equivalent qualification with an average
of 60% in the third year of the course. In addition, two years’ appropriate industry-related experience
will be a recommendation.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

295

B TECH: TOWN AND REGIONAL PLANNING

0.200 C

CMS 400S

Community Studies 4

None

0.100 C

EMS 400S

None

0.200 C

GIS 402S

None

0.100 C

MAN101M

None

0.000 C

MAN 101A

None

0.100 C

MAN 101B

None

0.100 C

PLD 400S

Environmental Studies 4
Geographic Information
Systems 4
Management (Mother)
Project Management (Module
A)
Urban Dev. Management
(Module B)
Planning Design 4

None

0.200 C

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

None

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

City & Regional Planning 4

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

SSB 400S

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Year/Sem Subject

Subject Code

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: BTTNRP

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the B Tech degree: 6

DEPARTMENT OF TOWN AND REGIONAL PLANNING

296

M TECH: TOWN & REGIONAL PLANNING
Duration: A minimum of one calendar year full-time or two consecutive calendar years part-time and a
maximum of five years, after which time the candidate will not be allowed to re-register or continue with
his/her studies. Students who wish to interrupt their studies must apply to the Senate on the prescribed
application form that is available on the University’s website.
Venue:

Cape Town Campus

Course Aim
Graduates develop the knowledge and skills required to conduct independent research in Town +
Regional planning and to contribute significantly to knowledge production through the understanding,
application and evaluation of existing and new knowledge.
Course Structure
This programme consists of a comprehensive full research project culminating in a thesis. For the
duration of the course the student is placed under the guidance of an approved supervisor(s) who will
assist and guide the candidate throughout his/her studies.
In their thesis, Masters’ candidates must prove that they understand a particular problem in the industry
in which they have done their research, are able to analyse and set it out logically, are able to arrive
at logical conclusions or a diagnosis of the problem and are then able to make proposals for the
improvement/elimination of the problem. The research problem, its justification, process and outcome
are reported in a thesis. The thesis must comply with the normal general technical requirements and
rules with regard to scope, quality and layout.
Career Opportunities
Graduates can follow a career in research and development in the industry, or be employed at research
institutes. They are also employed in teaching and research positions in higher education institutions.
Admission Requirements
A B Tech: Town & Regional Planning or an equivalent four-year qualification in an appropriate discipline.
English proficiency
In addition to the criteria for admission, international students from countries where English is not the
official language must demonstrate proof of English proficiency.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

297

Approval by Higher Degrees Committee
The title of the dissertation/thesis, as well as the names and qualifications of the appointed supervisors,
must be approved by the Higher Degrees Committee before a student can commence with his/her
studies.

M TECH: TOWN AND REGIONAL PLANNING

R5TP01R

Thesis

None

120

1.000 C

Summative
Assessment

Assessment Type

HEMIS Credit

SAQA Exit Credit

NQF Level

Pre-requisite
Subject Codes

Compulsory or
Elective

Subject Name

Year/Sem Subject

Subject Code

Period of Study

QUALIFICATION CODE: MTTNRR

N/A

Total number of subjects to be passed in order to obtain the M Tech Degree: 1

Academic Exclusion Rules and Appeal Procedure
During the first and every subsequent year of study, the student must demonstrate academic activity
to the satisfaction of the University. All supervisors of Masters and Doctoral students are required to
submit progress reports for each student at the end of each year to the Faculty’s Research Committee.
A student shall be excluded from and refused re-registration for the course if, in the opinion of the
supervisor/s and the Faculty Board, the student fails to maintain progress in his/her studies or research
project.

DEPARTMENT OF TOWN AND REGIONAL PLANNING

298

CORE SYLLABI FOR THE NATIONAL DIPLOMA:
TOWN & REGIONAL PLANNING
Please note that the details below are a summarised version of the syllabus. Please refer to the individual subject
guides for more detail.

Advanced Cad 3
Pre-requisites:
Course Outline: Introduction to advanced CAD. Assessing different CAD systems useful to planners. Threedimensional space in CAD: defining a user coordinate system, working with multiple viewports in 3D, working
with views in 3D, interactive viewing in 3D and viewing in 3D. Preparing town plans with various CAD systems:
use of digital maps, digitalising paper-based maps, scanning, vectorising, processing digital maps with various
CAD systems and generating thematic maps. CAD and the internet: publishing 2- and 3-dimensional town plans
on the internet.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Communication Skills 1
Pre-requisites:
Course Outline: Competent reading: read effectively, critically, purposefully and with understanding. Writing
competently: write clearly, concisely, correctly and logically. Speaking competently: speak confidently, fluently,
clearly and correctly; Effective listening: listen actively and with concentration. Effective business communications:
how to write letters, faxes, business reports, memorandums and emails. Meetings and decision-making: giving
notice and taking minutes. Career readiness training: compiling curriculum vitae, preparing for job interviews and
interview etiquette.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Computer Skills 1 (Module A)
Pre-requisites:
Course Outline: Introduction to the use of computers and basic terminology. Using the internet as an academic
support tool: internet terminology and tasks, search engines, websites, blogs, internet social tools, internet security
and ethical issues. Use of commercial business software packages: word processing, spreadsheets, presentations
and slide shows, database applications. Introduction to other useful software packages for planners: computeraided design, geographical information systems, project management and graphic design software.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

299

Computer Skills 1 (Module B)
Pre-requisites:
Course Outline: The advantages of using CAD as a design tool in planning. Getting to know the different CAD
packages. Tasks in CAD: using basic commands and menus, controlling text in a drawing, coordinate systems,
creating objects, editing methods, dimensioning, hatching, calculations, setting up print. Use of CAD in town
planning: drawing site plans and large-scale layouts in a small township.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Environmetal Studies 1
Pre-requisites:
Course Outline: Introduction: area analysis, spatial analysis, physical and human systems and describing the
earth. Geomorphology: plate tectonics, earthquakes and volcanoes, weathering and slopes, drainage basins and
rivers, coasts, and rock types and landforms. Weather and climate: energy and weather, atmospheric moisture
and precipitation, circulation patterns and climate. Biochemical cycles and the biosphere: biochemical cycles,
soils, ecology and ecosystems.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Geographic Information Systems 3
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Fundamentals of GIS: understanding the nature of GIS and getting to know the GIS community,
historical development of GIS, the different components of a GIS, functions, benefits, costs and disadvantages of
GIS. Spatial concepts: fundamental geographic concepts and cartographic elements. Spatial data: types of data in
GIS, raster data & vector data, points, lines and polygons, geographic data models in ArcView and data & spatial
relationships. GIS Hardware & software: fundamentals of data storage, hardware and GIS software features. Data
input, analysis and output. Practical applications of GIS.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF TOWN AND REGIONAL PLANNING

300

Housing Development & Policy Studies 3
Pre-requisites:
Course Outline: Establishing a theoretical framework for the study of housing policy and strategy formulation.
The need for government intervention in the housing delivery process: the equity and political motive, market
failure and housing as a macroeconomic policy instrument. A contextual analysis of housing policy in South
Africa. Sustainable housing delivery systems: the informal settlement, self-help housing and incremental upgrade,
private and public rental housing and inner-city renewal. Role players: government, housing financing institutions,
housing institutions and the societal dimension of housing development. Management: the housing development
process, housing construction and technology, managing housing development projects. Strategy analysis and
choice: assessing the impact of housing policy and strategy.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Infrastructure & Services Planning 1
Pre-requisites:
Course Outline: Introduction to infrastructure planning. The surveying of land: the South African co-ordinate
system and calculations, cadastral information, topographical plans and maps, cadastral documentation.
Infrastructure and urban service provision: urban water supply,road design and storm-water management,
sewerage and the management of solid waste. Road and other transport infrastructure: movement networks and
the roads hierarchy, airports and harbours.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Infrastructure & Transport Planning 3
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Existing Transport conditions in the Developing World: case study overviews, integrated and
sustainable transport for urban environments. Urban non-motorised transport (NMT): policies and planning
mechanisms. Public transport: importance of public transport. Performance measures, modal choice/split, enduser groups – commuters, passengers, special needs passengers, bus rapid transit. Public transport infrastructure:
public transport interchanges, public transport ranks, shelters, park & ride facilities. Alternative/latest technology
for public transport to be finalised.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

301

Legal Principles 2
Pre-requisites:
Course Outline: Introduction to the general principles of law and government. The law of property: ownership,
co-ownership and limitations on ownership, acquisition of ownership, protection and termination of ownership,
possession and holdership, limited real rights including servitudes, restrictive conditions and real securities.
Statutory land use: sectional titles, shareblocks, time-sharing and housing development for retired persons.
Constitutional property law: constitutional property law and Section 25 property rights. Contracts related to
property: general principles of contract, sale and the lease of immovable property. The town planning enterprise
and the law: forms of business enterprises and aspects of labour law. Professional services: the law of agency,
procurement and dispute resolution. Professional registration: professional conduct, ethics and registration issues
for planners.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Planning & Society 1
Pre-requisites:
Course Outline: The aim of this course is to create awareness and encourage debate amongst students around
urban economic, political and social issues. Introduction to planning and society. Economic theory: economic
terms and concepts, economic systems, the development of economic thought, micro-economic principles,
supply and demand and production. Social issues: urban culture.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Planning Design Studio 2
Pre-requisites:
Course Outline: To introduce students to a range of site assessment techniques and elementary design skills
through its practical application in residential developments. Introduction to the planning design studio. Focus
areas of design in planning: site development plans, layout plans and spatial development frameworks. Site
analysis: assessing the impact of site configuration, circulation patterns, local climate, shape, slope, and geotechnical conditions on development. Concept formation and programme formulation. Plan formation: concept
plans, local area concept plans, site concept plans, layout plans, local area layout plans and site layout plans.
Application of plan formation principles in residential developments: layouts for residential townships and single
site developments. Design within the public realm.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF TOWN AND REGIONAL PLANNING

302

Planning Design Studio 3
Pre-requisites:
Course Outline: The planning design studio and practical applications. The layout planning process: site
assessment, concept formation, plan formation, determining layout plan requirements and community standards,
and the site layout plan guidelines. Application of layout planning principles in residential, industrial and
commercial township developments. Site development plans: site assessment including an evaluation of physical,
legal and locational factors on site plan making. Application of site planning principles in the development of
shopping centres, commercial developments and industrial parks. Spatial development frameworks: strategic
planning framework; the place of spatial development frameworks in the spatial development hierarchy, and
urban and spatial development principles. Application of spatial development principles in the development of a
neighbourhood area spatial development plan and sites with mixed use potential. Low-cost housing and in-situ
upgrading.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Planning Graphics 1
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The aim of this course is to expose students to a number of practical exercises in order to
develop and improve students’ general drawing and design skills.
Course Outline: Students need to complete the following exercises satisfactorily: Lines and lettering, scale
drawings, plans and elevations, freehand sketching, colouring, and projections and sections.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Planning Law 2
Pre-requisites:
Course Outline: Planning law concerns. Planning law and administration in South Africa: planning and the legal
system, planning law history, administrative institutions, and the role of public participation in planning. Principles
of planning law: land use, land development, planning frameworks, and removal of restrictive title conditions.
Planning law and sustainable urban development: environmental and bio-regional planning and the promotion of
sustainable local government, shelter provision, economic development, public transport and land reform.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

303

Planning Practice & Project Work 2
Pre-requisites:
Course Outline: The Town and Regional Department integrates its student internship programme during year two
of their three-year diploma. The Department has a thick network of non-formalised partnerships in industry, NGOs
and other universities, both national and international. The nature of partnerships are focused on placement of
student interns for WIL, promotion and facilitation of planning research and collaborations in teaching, sourcing
of guest and part-time lecturing, providing research, community outreach and service learning opportunities and
joint conception and implementing of structured student studio project sites and facilitation. The duration of the
experential training period of WIL is approximately 42 weeks (1year) beggining in Jan/Feb
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Planning Research & Analysis 1
Pre-requisites:
Course Outline: The role of research in planning. Research problems, design and processes. Map and airphoto
interpretation. Map reading, cartography, photogrammetry and photo interpretation. Introduction to basic statistical
techniques for planners: frequency distribution, correlation, probability distributions and sampling. Surveys relevant
to planning: land use, transport, housing, urban heritage, population and socio-economic surveys. Environmental
analysis: physiography and landforms, climate, water, soil, rock, flora, fauna, and ecological footprints and
indicators. Socio-economic analysis: demography, migration, gender and age composition, dependants and
dependency ratios, income and employment, poverty and use of indicators.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Real Estate Development 3
Pre-requisites:
Course Outline: Introduction to land investment and development, principles of feasibility and market analysis
and principles of financial feasibility. Analysis of performance characteristics of a subject property: institutional,
physical and locational attributes. Analysis of the market to be served: urban structure and land markets,
economic base analysis, property market dynamics and estimating property demand and supply. Quantifying
project productivity: real estate mathematics, investment appraisal techniques, land valuation and real estate
software and spreadsheet applications. Applications: analysis of proposed residential, retail, office, industrial and
mixed use developments. Additional topics: property development vehicles, financing, marketing and feasibility
report writing.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF TOWN AND REGIONAL PLANNING

304

Settlement Planning
Pre-requisites:
Course Outline: A historical overview of urban planning and policy, and new towns. Planning principles: land
use and development control, land development and principles of layout planning, and growth management
and strategic planning frameworks. Planning responses to contemporary urban problems: urban reconstruction,
local economic development, sustainable housing provision and informal settlement upgrade, sustainable urban
transport provision, environmental impact assessment and sustainable urban development. Planning and the
urban community: urban power relations and conflict management.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Urbanisation 1
Pre-requisites:
Course Outline: Introduction to town and regional planning theory. An overview of urbanisation:
origin and
evolution of settlements systems, Third World urbanisation, migration and urbanisation, and urban land use. Urban
development processes: the impact of globalisation on the development of commercial, industrial, residential and
recreational spaces. The impacts of globalisation on local areas: urban decay, unemployment, traffic, transport,
poverty, health, liveability, housing and environmental problems. Urban management issues: urban governance
and politics.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

305

CORE SYLLABI FOR THE B TECH: TOWN &
REGIONAL PLANNING
Please note that the details below are a summarised version of the syllabus. Please refer to the individual subject
guides for more detail.

City & Regional Planning 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: History of planning: introduction, Greek and Roman, Medieval Europe and Renaissance, early
industrial cities and responses to them. Modern planning: planning professionalised and critiques of modern
planning. Planning theories: rational comprehensive planning, advocacy planning, permissive planning, mediation
as planning, strategic planning, systems planning, systemic planning and an introduction to contemporary writings.
Presentations and articles for new planning principles: advanced/contemporary planning theory, professionalism
and planning, and ethics and planning.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Community Studies 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Planning and community development. Theoretical, conceptual and institutional issues. Modes
of production, social formations and varieties of community organisation. The basis of community development
(globalisation) in a globalising world. The repertoire of governance strategies: communities, the state and
markets. Community participation in planning: coalitions and partnerships. Sustainable livelihoods: rural-urban
and the Straddle factor. Local economic development: theory and practice. LED strategies, policies and initiatives:
international, regional and local. Case studies. Research and development issues in LED. Institutional and
governance Issues: constitutional and local governance contexts. Role of the state, NGOs and CBOs. Conflict
resolution and mediation and case studies. Urban and rural restructuring: local responses.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

DEPARTMENT OF TOWN AND REGIONAL PLANNING

306

Environmental Studies 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Environmental pressures on planet Earth: introduction. Living beyond our means and resource
economics. Ecosystems: ecosystems and how they work, impacts on and changes in ecosystems, food chains
and food webs, mountain systems and management, freshwater systems and management, coastal systems
and management, and biomes. Guidelines and strategies for the management of the environment: strategic
environmental assessments, integrated environmental management, environmental impact assessments,
environmental legislation and policies, and public participation and conflict resolution. Case studies of development
in sensitive areas.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Geographic Information Systems 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Define and study an urban planning problem using GIS. Implement effective, efficient and
responsive GIS project management skills. Utilise advanced geospatial analysis skills. Developing a geodatabase.
Model building. Developing a GIS portfolio piece.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Planning Design 4
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: Planning theory: planning principles, components of a city (natural versus urban), design with
nature, new planning principles and conflict resolution. Development management and the planning hierarchy
(package of plans): introduction, overview and theory of plan making, high level planning, intermediate/midlevel planning, environmental impact management, regulatory framework, detail level/site-specific planning, case
studies and presentations.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

CURRICULUM INFORMATION

307

Project Management
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The role of project management in planning & development. The project framework and the
project environment. Project management and the project manager. Project organisations. Skills management.
Project implementation planning. Procurement, contracting and the use of professional services. Project
finance and financial management. Project management systems. Managing people in project organisations.
Contemporary issues in development management.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

Urban Development Management
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline: The context and foundations for urban development: development management and the urban
development cycle, development law and management, political and institutional framework of development
management, community participation, empowerment and leadership, project management and design.
Institutional dimensions of urban development: structuring of delivery, urban development partnerships, problemsolving techniques, advanced problem-solving techniques, project finance and the role of external funding in
urban development management, approaches to outsourcing and procurement. Electives: various dimensions of
urban development: poverty and sustainable livelihoods, public health challenges and HIV/AIDS, gender and urban
development, community safety and public security, area-based local economic development, housing and in-situ
upgrading, and land reform.
Assessment: All assessments are compulsory.

We’re mobile!
Have your university in your pocket, with the
CPUT mobile app and get access to:
• Course Announcements
• Tracking your application status
• Internet balance
• Examination results
• Faculty prospectuses
• Document downloads for
paperless meetings

+27 21 959 6767
info@cput.ac.za
www.facebook.com/cput.ac.za
@CPUT
www.cput.ac.za

Download
NOW
Available on

www.cput.ac.za

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.5
Linearized                      : Yes
Create Date                     : 2015:01:19 13:02:59+02:00
Creator                         : Adobe InDesign CS6 (Macintosh)
Modify Date                     : 2015:01:20 09:26:10+02:00
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.4-c005 78.147326, 2012/08/23-13:03:03
Metadata Date                   : 2015:01:20 09:26:10+02:00
Creator Tool                    : Adobe InDesign CS6 (Macintosh)
Instance ID                     : uuid:8ec0e85f-d2c7-400d-ab99-251c05732241
Original Document ID            : xmp.did:2CEC57A6117EE4119388D4D82105E7D2
Document ID                     : xmp.id:A3EB0124F62368118083AA2DEA7EB744
Rendition Class                 : proof:pdf
Derived From Instance ID        : xmp.iid:FA7F1174072068118083D2B1460C62B1
Derived From Document ID        : xmp.did:84DD4B90AD2068118083D5379FACC68E
Derived From Original Document ID: xmp.did:2CEC57A6117EE4119388D4D82105E7D2
Derived From Rendition Class    : default
History Action                  : converted
History Parameters              : from application/x-indesign to application/pdf
History Software Agent          : Adobe InDesign CS6 (Macintosh)
History Changed                 : /
History When                    : 2015:01:19 13:02:59+02:00
Format                          : application/pdf
Producer                        : Adobe PDF Library 10.0.1
Trapped                         : False
Page Count                      : 309

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

8 Dec Fid Handbook 2015

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation